Home

hp StorageWorks edge switch 2/32 service manual

1. 0x28 Embedded port detected frame integrity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x29 Embedded port detected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error non parity Ox2A Embedded port detected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error parity Ox2B Embedded port detected invalid SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 response edge switch 2 32 service manual B 29 Event Codes 0x2C Embedded port detected receive frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 parity error Ox2D Embedded port detected connection time HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out Ox2E Embedded port detected receive fame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 overrun error Ox2F Embedded port detected frame transmit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Embedded port detected request time out Embedded port internal parity error Reserved Engineering use only Health Check port failed busy bit clear 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchro HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nization error Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x36 Embedded Port detected internal frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error invalid trailer SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal time out 3 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Ox3A User port internal protocol error Unsolic HA Er
2. b Click the Clear System Error Light menu selection RRP Power Supply Use the following procedures to remove or replace a power supply from the rear of the switch No tools are required Removal To remove a power supply 1 Identify the defective power supply from the extinguished green LED at the switch or failure information at the HAFM server s Hardware View AI edge switch 2 32 service manual FRU Removal and Replacement 2 Turn off the power switch on the power supply 3 Disconnect the AC power cord from the power supply 4 Rotate the power lockout lever to the right to expose the black plastic latch lever 5 Pull the latch lever down to the horizontal position The power supply will disengage and back out about 1 4 inch when the lever 1s horizontal 6 Use the latch lever to pull the power supply out of the chassis Support the power supply as it exits the chassis WARNING To prevent electric shock do not reach into nonvisible areas of a switch while the switch is connected to primary facility power Replacement To replace a power supply 1 Remove the replacement power supply from its shipping container 2 Inspect the rear of the power supply for bent or broken connector pins If any pins are damaged obtain a new power supply 3 Ensure that the power switch on the power supply is turned off the power lockout lever is rotated to the right covering the AC connector and the black plastic latch lever i
3. 5 Does inspection of a fan indicate a failure Indicators include e The amber LED at the upper left corner of a fan illuminates e The fan is not rotating NO YES 2 60 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 4 Go to step 8 The switch appears operational 6 Does the Embedded Web Server interface appear operational YES NO y Analysis for an Ethernet link AC power distribution or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support J Inspect the fan operational states at the Embedded Web Server interface a At the View panel click the Component Properties tab The View panel Component Properties tab displays b Inspect the State fields for Fan O through Fan 3 Does the State field display a Failed message for any fan YES NO y The switch appears operational 8 A fan failed or is improperly installed a Partially remove a fan from the chassis b Reseat the fan in the chassis Does the fan appear to function NO YES 4 The switch appears operational 9 A fan failed and must be removed and replaced RRP Cooling Fan on page 4 6 Does the fan appear to function NO YES y The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 61 Diagnostics 2 62 10 Have the customer inspect and verify that facility power is within specifications Thes
4. Event Codes Distribution HAFM Server Host System Event E Mail Call Sense Link Error Log Home Info Incident Indicator Event Code 805 High temperature warning SBAR module thermal sensor Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the SBAR module has detected that the warm temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a sys tem power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution HAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Event Code 807 Message SBAR module shutdown due to thermal violation Severity Major Explanation The SBAR Module has been marked failed and power has been removed from the mod ule due to excessive heat This event follows an indication that the SBAR module hot threshold level has been surpassed event 806 Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a sys tem power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event B 62 edge
5. In North America call technical support at 1 800 652 6672 available 24 hours a day 7 days a week NOTE For continuous quality improvement calls may be recorded or monitored Outside North America call technical support at the nearest location Telephone numbers for worldwide technical support are listed on the HP website under support http thenew hp com country us enq support html Be sure to have the following information available before calling Technical support registration number 1f applicable Product serial numbers Product model names and numbers Applicable error messages Operating system type and revision level Detailed specific questions HP Website The HP website has the latest information on this product as well as the latest drivers Access storage at http thenew hp com country us eng prodserv storage html From this website select the appropriate product or solution HP Authorized Reseller For the name of your nearest HP Authorized Reseller In the United States call 1 800 345 1518 In Canada call 1 800 263 5868 Elsewhere see the HP website for locations and telephone numbers http thenew hp com edge switch 2 32 service manual XV 1 General Information The HP StorageWorks Edge Switch 2 32 provides dynamic switched connections between Fibre Channel servers and devices in a storage area network SAN environment SANs introduce the concept of server to device networking and mu
6. Reserved for future use e 800 through 899 Thermal Events can be recorded in the switch Event Logs at the HAFM server or at a remote workstation 1f E mail and call home features are enabled An event may also 1lluminate the system error ERR light emitting diode LED on the front panel In addition to numerical event codes the tables in this appendix also provide a e Message a brief text string that describes the event e Severity a severity level that indicates event criticality as follows 0 informational 2 minor edge switch 2 32 service manual B 1 Event Codes 3 major 4 severe not operational e Explanation a complete explanation of what caused the event e Action the recommended course of action if any to resolve the problem e Event Data supplementary event data if any that displays in the event log in hexadecimal format e Distribution check marks in associated fields indicate where the event code is reported front panel HAFM server or host System Events 000 through 199 Event Code 001 System power down Informational Explanation The switch was powered off or disconnected from the facility AC power source The event code is distributed the next time the switch powers on but the date and time of the code reflect the power off time No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with the event Event E Mail Call Sen
7. Switch specific SNMP traps specified in the custom MIB include Fibre Channel port operational state changes and FRU operational state changes If authorized through the Configure SNMP dialog box in the Product Manager application users at SNMP management workstations can modify MIB variables Switch modifications performed through SNMP management work stations are recorded in the associated switch audit log and are available through the Product Manager application For additional information refer to the hp StorageWorks SNMP reference guide for directors and edge switches E Mail and Call Home Support If e mail notification and call home support are configured for the switch as part of the customer support process service personnel may be e Notified of a switch problem by e mail message either directly or through a system administrator at the customer site or call center e Assigned a service call from call center personnel upon receipt and confirmation of a switch call home event Tools and Test Equipment This section describes tools and test equipment that may be required to install test service and verify operation of the switch and attached HAFM server edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 43 General Information Tools Supplied with the Switch 1 44 The following tools are supplied with the switch Use of the tools may be required to perform one or more installation test service or verification tasks These tools
8. YES NO y Go to step 5 2 A transmission control protocol TCP reset command from the HAFM server caused the Ethernet connection to terminate The connection recovers if the HAFM server is powered on and the HAFM Services application is running Verify the HAFM server is powered on and the HAFM application is running The application runs in the background as a Windows service and starts automatically when the HAFM server is powered on 2 40 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Click HAFM Services at the Windows task bar The HAFM Services window displays HAFM Services 712199 1 59PM HAFM Services 35 SNMP Agent configuration file Is the HAFM server powered on and the HAFM application running YES NO 4 Go to step 4 3 Did the switch to HAFM server Ethernet connection recover NO YES y The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 4 Reboot the HAFM server PC a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b At the Windows Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 41 Diagnostics d Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC After POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays e Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Del
9. 40 000 feet 12 192 meters Operating Environment Temperature 40 Fto 104 F 4 Cto40 C Relative humidity 8 to 80 Maximum wet bulb temperature 81 F 27 C Altitude 10 000 feet 3 048 meters HAFM Server Description The HAFM server Figure 1 1 is a notebook personal computer PC that provides a central point of control for up to 48 LAN connected directors or edge switches Figure 1 4 HAFM server edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 11 General Information The server is mounted in a slide out drawer in an HP supplied equipment rack The HAFM server or Internet access to the Embedded Web Server interface is required to install configure and manage the switch Although a configured switch operates normally without HAFM server intervention an attached server should operate at all times to monitor switch operation log events and configuration changes and report failures The HAFM server provides an auto detecting 10 100 Mbps LAN connection provided by an internal Ethernet adapter card This LAN port attaches to the customer s public intranet to allow access from remote user workstations An optional Ethernet adapter card not supplied by HP can be installed in the personal computer memory card international association PCMCIA slot to provide a connection to a private LAN segment for dedicated switch communication HAFM Server Specifications The following list summarizes hardware specifications for the HAFM server
10. Diagnostics 2 46 e Ifthe problem is associated with an unrelated device notify the customer and have the system administrator correct the problem Did repair of an unrelated LAN attached device solve the problem NO YES 4 The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational A switch Ethernet port failure is indicated Go to step 29 15 The HAFM application running on the HAFM server and the firmware running on the switch are not at compatible release levels Recommend to the customer that the downlevel version software or firmware be upgraded Does the HAFM application require upgrade YES NO y Go to step 17 16 At the HAFM server upgrade the HAFM application Install or Upgrade Software on page 3 51 Did the switch to HAFM server Ethernet connection recover NO YES p The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 17 A switch firmware upgrade is required Download the firmware Download a Firmware Version to a Switch on page 3 46 After the download perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP for analysis Did the switch to HAFM server Ethernet connection recover NO YES y The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 18 An instance of the HAFM application is open at another HAFM
11. Elapsed millisecond tick counter Bytes 8 9 Detected Module identifier Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log ek t TIO edge switch 2 32 service manual B 59 Event Codes Thermal Events 800 through 899 Event Code 800 Message High temperature warning Port module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the port module has detected that the warm tem perature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log E OE a Event Code 801 Message Critically hot temperature warning Port module thermal sensor Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the port module has detected that the hot temper ature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace th
12. SA OS 390 IBM licensed software that provides System 390 Parallel Sysplex management automation capabilities and integrated systems and network management SA OS 390 manages host remote processor and I O operations SA OS 390 integrates the functions of Automated Operations Control for Multiple Virtual Storage MVS ESCON Manager and Target System Control Facility D system name See product name system services processor SSP In a director or switch the central controlling processor Controls the RS 232 maintenance port and the Ethernet port of a Fibre Channel director or switch T TB See terabyte TCP See transmission control protocol TCP IP See transmission control protocol Internet protocol technical support Single point of contact for a customer when assistance is needed in managing or troubleshooting a product Technical support provides assistance twenty four hours a day seven days a week including holidays The technical support number is 800 652 6672 Synonymous with customer support Telecommunications Industry Association TIA A member organization of the Electronic Industries Association EIA TIA is the trade group representing the communications and information technology industries See also Electronic Industries Association telnet The Internet standard protocol for remote terminal connection over a network connection Glossary 48 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary te
13. 6 A dialog box Figure 3 18 displays with a progress bar that shows percent completion of the data collection process When the process reaches 100 the Cancel button changes to a Close button Figure 3 18 Data Collection Dialog Box 7 Click Close to close the dialog box 8 Remove the Zip disk with the newly collected maintenance data from the HAFM server Zip drive Return the Zip disk to HP for failure analysis 9 To ensure the QuikSync backup application operates normally replace the original backup disk in the HAFM server Zip drive Clean Fiber Optic Components Perform this procedure as directed in this publication and when connecting or disconnecting fiber optic cables from switch SFP optical transceivers if necessary To clean fiber optic components 1 Obtain the appropriate tools a can of oil free compressed air filtered to 01 micron CLETOP 1 25mm cleaning sticks and isopropyl alcohol from the fiber optic cleaning kit 2 Disconnect the fiber optic cable from the SFP Use compressed air to blow any contaminants from the connector as shown in part A of Figure 3 19 Keep the air nozzle approximately 50 millimeters two inches from the end of the connector and hold the can upright Blow compressed air on the surfaces and end of the connector continuously for approximately five seconds edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 33 Repair Information Figure 3 19 Clean Fiber Optic Components 3 Gen
14. Bits per second 57600 Data bits 8 2 56 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware When the parameters are set click OK The HyperTerminal window displays i At the C gt prompt type the user level password the default is password and press Enter The password is case sensitive The HyperTerminal window displays with software and hardware version information for the switch and a C gt prompt at the bottom of the window j At the C gt prompt type the displaylog command and press Enter The HyperTerminal window displays with the event log from switch NV RAM listed File Edit iew Call Transfer Help Ole alsz AAAA C gt ipcontfig MAC Address 08 00 88 00 15 45 TP Address 144 49 15 45 Subnet Mask e a oa Gateway Address 144 49 15 2 gt 4 F Connected 0 00 50 Auto detect 57600 B M 1 s CROLL CAPS N UM Capture Print echo g k If listed in the REAS column record the event code 433 l Select Exit from the File pull down menu to close the HyperTerminal application The following message box displays You are current connected Are You sure you want to disconnect now edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 57 Diagnostics m Click Yes The following message box displays 7 Do vou want to save session device No Cancel n Click No to exit and close the HyperTerminal application o
15. By double clicking an icon or selecting from the View menu service personnel can open a specific Product Manager application A label below each icon identifies the switch by its configured name or IP address and a colored status symbol beside each icon indicates the operational status of the switch Table 1 1 Status Symbols Alert Symbol Green circle my Status Bar All managed products are fully operational and no failures are indicated Next to Icon The switch is fully operational and no failures are indicated Yellow wy Status Bar At least one managed product is operating in triangle 50 degraded mode Next to Icon A redundant component failed or the switch is operating in degraded mode Service is required Red diamond Status Bar At least one managed product is not operational with yellow Next to Icon A critical failure occurred and the switch is not background operational Immediate service is required Grey square Status Bar The status of at least one managed product is unknown Next to Icon The switch status is unknown because of a network connection failure between the switch and HAFM server Hardware View Layout and Function Double click a switch icon on the Product View to open the Product Manager for that switch When the application opens the default display 1s the Hardware View Figure 1 11 The main Product Manager window Hardware View is divided into five main areas as shown
16. By enabling the selected zone set the current active zone set will be replaced The HAFM application encountered an internal error Verify that both communities with the same name have the same write authorizations Modify to make it unique or delete the duplicate name Modify the selected nickname to make it unique Modify to make it unique or delete the selected world wide name Delete one of the duplicate zones from the zone set Delete one of the duplicate zone members from the zone Click OK to continue or Cancel to end the operation Try the operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of Support Messages Error creating zone set Error deleting zone Error deleting zone set Error reading log file Error removing zone or zone member Error transferring files lt message gt Fabric Log will be lost once the fabric unpersists Do you want to continue Fabric not persisted Description The HAFM application encountered an internal error The HAFM application encountered an internal error The HAFM application encountered an internal error The HAFM application encountered an error while trying to read the log The HAFM application encountered an internal error An error occurred while transferring files from the PC hard drive to the HAFM application The message varies depending on the problem When you unpersist
17. Either a switch to PC Internet link problem Internet too busy or IP address typed incorrectly or a switch Ethernet port failure is indicated a Wait approximately five minutes then attempt to login to the switch again b At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address field Internet Explorer type http xxx xxx xxx xxx where xxx xxx xxx xxx IS the IP address of the switch obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 The Username and Password Required dialog box displays c Type the user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click OK If the View panel does not display wait another five minutes and perform this step again edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Does the Embedded Web Server interface appear operational with the View panel displayed NO YES y The switch to web server PC connection is restored and appears operational 29 An unrecoverable Ethernet fault reported as event code 433 is indicated The event code is not reported to the switch Event Log or the Embedded Web Server event log and must be verified through the switch maintenance port A maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC and asynchronous RS 232 modem cable are required to verify the reporting of event code 433 Both tools are provided by installation or service personnel To verify the event code a Remove the protective cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the switch a flat
18. Establish and verify the network connection Contact your sales representative to obtain the desired feature Set the switch offline through the Set Online State dialog box then activate the new feature key using the Configure Feature Key dialog Dox Informational message Refer to the release notes or contact customer support Retry the operation If the condition persists contact the next level of support Verify user rights with the customer s network administrator and change as required A 37 Event Codes This appendix lists all three digit HP Storage Works Edge Switch 2 32 event codes and provides detailed information about each code Event codes are listed in numerical order and in tabular format An event is an occurrence state change problem detection or problem correction that requires user attention or that should be reported to a system administrator or service representative An event usually indicates a switch operational state transition but may also indicate an impending state change threshold violation An event may also provide information only and not indicate an operational state change Event codes are grouped as follows e 000 through 199 system events e 200 through 299 power supply events e 300 through 399 fan module events e 400 through 499 CTP card events e 500 through 599 port module events e 600 through 699 SBAR events e 700 through 799
19. FRU Removal and Replacement Set the date and time Set zoning configuration 1 At the HAFM Product View select Fabric Select the new switch icon then Zone Set tab 2 Verify that the active zoneset 1s the same active zoneset that is running on the fabric and that the default zone 1s disabled e Add the switch to the fabric Connect the fibre optic cables to the switch ports Set the switch online Verify that the switch successfully joins the fabric 410 edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 illustrated Parts Breakdown This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdown for the HP StorageWorks Edge Switch 2 32 field replaceable units FRUs Exploded view assembly drawings are provided for e Front accessible FRUs e Rear accessible FRUs e Miscellaneous parts Exploded view illustrations portray the switch disassembly sequence Illustrated FRUs are numerically keyed to associated tabular parts lists The parts lists also include part numbers descriptions and quantities Front Accessible FRUs The front accessible switch FRUs are illustrated and described in Figure 5 1 and Table 5 1 The table includes reference numbers to the figure part numbers descriptions and quantities Figure 5 1 Front Accessible FRUs edge switch 2 32 service manual 5 1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Table 5 1 Front Accessible FRU Parts List 292008 001 Base assembly Edge Swit
20. In Fibre Channel protocol a frame whose destination address specifies all node ports N_Ports in the fabric See also broadcast Btu See British thermal unit buffer Storage area for data in transit Buffers compensate for differences in processing speeds between devices See buffer to buffer credit edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 7 Glossary buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit 1 The maximum number of receive buffers allocated to a transmitting node port N_Port or fabric port F_Port Credit represents the maximum number of outstanding frames that can be transmitted by that N_Port or F_Port without causing a buffer overrun condition at the receiver 2 The maximum number of frames a port can transmit without receiving a receive ready signal from the receiving device BB_Credit can be adjustable to provide different levels of compensation bypassed port If a port is bypassed all serial channel signals route past the port A device attached to the port cannot communicate with other devices in the loop byte Abbreviated as B A byte generally equals eight bits although a byte can equal from four to ten bits A byte can also be called an octet See also octet C call home Product feature which enables the HAFM server to automatically contact a support center and report system problems The support center server accepts calls from the HAFM server logs reported events and can notify one or more support center repres
21. MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and the associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Event Code Explanation Power up diagnostic failure Go to step 3 Firmware fault occurred Go to step 4 3 POST IPL diagnostics detected a CTP failure as indicated by an event code 400 with supplementary bytes of event data e Byte 0 is a FRU code 02 that indicates a failed CTP e Byte 1 is the slot number 00 for the CTP Because the CTP card is not a FRU CTP failure requires replacing the switch 4 POST IPL diagnostics detected a firmware failure as indicated by event code 411 and performed an online dump All Fibre Channel ports reset after the failure and attached devices momentarily logout login and resume operation Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support persomnel MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination This map describes isolation of HAFM server application problems including problems associated with the Windows operating system and HAFM and switch Product Manager 1 Did the HAFM server lock up or crash without displaying a warning or error message edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 33 Diagnostics YES NO y Go to step 4 2 An application or operating system problem is indicated Close the HAFM application a Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete The
22. Note the following 1 Read the removal and replacement procedures RRPs for that FRU before removing the FRU 2 Follow all WARNING and CAUTION statements and statements in the preface of this manual 3 After completing a FRU replacement clear the event code reporting the failure and the event code reporting the recovery from the switch Event Log at the HAFM server Extinguish the amber system error ERR light emitting diode LED at the switch front panel RRP SFP Transceiver Use the following procedures to remove and replace an SFP transceiver from a port No tools are required Removal 4 2 To remove an SFP l Identify the defective port from the illuminated amber LED at the switch or failure information at the HAFM server s Hardware View Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached device offline Block communication to the defective port refer to Block a Port on page 3 39 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the SFP a Pull the keyed subscriber connector LC free from the SFP b Place a protective cap over the cable connector If the SFP was not manufactured by IBM Corporation go to step 6 Remove an IBM manufactured SFP from the chassis a Flip the wire bale at the bottom of the SFP upward 90 degrees b Use the wire bale as a handle to pull the SFP out of the chass
23. Port module Byte 1 Slot position Byte 2 Device ID Byte 3 Power up error code Internally defined stored in the faulty FRU EEPROM for analysis Bytes 4 7 Power up data code Internally defined stored in the faulty FRU EEPROM Distribution HAFM HAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail So ere ro Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log ECO Cae Ce a E ASI IS Event Code 410 CTP card reset Informational Explanation The CTP card reset after a switch power on hardware IML or software IPL An IPL can be user initiated at the switch Product Manager application or occur automatically after a firmware fault event code 411 The event data indicates the type of reset No action required Event Data Byte 0 reset type as follows 00 power on or single CTP2 card hot insert 02 IML 04 IPL 08 reset by other CTP2 card 40 partition switch or 80 dual CTP2 card hot insert Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident edge switch 2 32 service manual B 21 Event Codes Event Code 411 Firmware fault occurred Explanation The firmware executing on the indicated CTP card encountered an unexpected operat ing condition and dumped its current operating state to FLASH memory for retrieval and analysis All Fibre Channel connections to the switch are reset after the fault and IPL Attached devices must re login to the switch to resume operations The dump file is au
24. Ports dialog box while in S 390 operating mode You must either disable Enterprise Fabric Mode using the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box in the HAFM application or set the switch offline before you can disable Switch Binding Disable Fabric Binding through the Fabric Binding dialog box before disabling these parameters Replace FRU and enable beaconing again or enable beaconing on operating FRU Select Clear System Error Light from the Product menu to clear error light then enable beaconing edge switch 2 32 service manual Messages Message Description aon User attempted to change operating mode from Open Systems to 8 390 mode with E_Ports configured but SANtegrity is not installed Cannot have E Ports configured in S 390 mode Unless SANtegrity feature 1s installed Please contact your sales representative Informational message If you install SANtegrity before changing to S 390 mode then E Ports will remain as E_Ports when you change to S 390 mode If SANtegrity is not installed setting a switch to S 390 mode will change all E Ports to G_Ports Cannot have Spaces are not allowed as part of Delete spaces from spaces in field the entry for this field the field entry Cannot perform this operation while the switch is offline Cannot retrieve current SNMP Configuration Cannot retrieve diagnostics results Cannot retrieve director date and time edge
25. SANtegrity feature while Switch Binding is enabled Port diagnostics loopback tests cannot be performed on a port while an attached device application is running Fabric Binding is enabled through HAFM and user attempted to disable Insistent Domain ID in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box User attempted to disable Switch Binding through the Switch Binding State Change dialog box but Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled Remove the device from the switch by blocking the port setting the switch offline or disabling Switch Binding through the Switch Binding Change State dialog box before removing devices from the Switch Membership List Terminate the device application and perform diagnostics again Click Yes if you want to continue and disable Fabric Binding Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode through the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box before disabling Switch Binding edge switch 2 32 service manual Do you want to continue with IPL Duplicate Community names require identical write authorizations Enterprise Fabric Mode will be disabled if any of the following parameters are disabled Insistent Domain ID Rerouting Delay Domain RSCNS Do you want to continue Error retrieving port information Error retrieving port statistics Error stopping port diagnostics edge switch 2 32 service manual This message requests confirmation to initial program load IPL
26. Select the icon representing the switch to be set offline The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 At the navigation control panel select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu If the switch is online the Set Online State dialog box displays indicating the state is ONLINE eens KB 5 Click Set Offline A warning dialog box displays indicating the switch is to be set offline 3 38 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information 6 Click OK As the switch goes offline inspect the Product Manager application The State field of the Status table displays OFFLINE Block and Unblock Ports This section describes procedures to block or unblock the switch ports When a port 1s blocked the port is automatically set offline When a port is unblocked the port is automatically set online NOTE When a port is blocked the operation of an attached Fibre Channel device is disrupted Do not block a port unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support Block a Port To block a port 1 Notify the customer the port is to be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port 2 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch with the port to be blocked The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 Move the pointer over the port and right click t
27. Website addresses Sans serif font http thenew hp com xii edge switch 2 32 service manual About This Manual Symbols in Text These symbols may be found in the text of this manual They have the following meanings WARNING Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions in the warning could result in bodily harm or loss of life CAUTION Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or data IMPORTANT Text set off in this manner presents clarifying information or specific instructions NOTE Text set off in this manner presents commentary sidelights or interesting points of information Symbols on Equipment Any enclosed surface or area of the equipment marked with these symbols indicates the presence of electrical shock hazards Enclosed area contains no operator serviceable parts WARNING To reduce the risk of injury from electrical shock hazards do not open this enclosure Any RJ 45 receptacle marked with these symbols indicates a network interface connection WARNING To reduce the risk of electrical shock fire or damage to the equipment do not plug telephone or telecommunications connectors into this receptacle edge switch 2 32 service manual xiii About This Manual Any surface or area of the equipment marked with these symbols indicates the presence of a hot surface or hot component Contact with this surface cou
28. before continuing This fabric log is no longer valid because the fabric has been unpersisted This network address has already been assigned The entered nickname does not exist in the fabric The entered nickname already exists in the fabric Each nickname must be unique A second HAFM server PC client connecting to the HAFM server must be running the same software version to log in The zoning library conversion is incomplete and the requested operation cannot continue The selected fabric log is no longer available because the fabric has been unpersisted The specified IP address was assigned and configured A unique address must be assigned Configure the nickname to the appropriate product or select an existing nickname Define a different nickname Upgrade the software version on the downlevel HAFM server PC Complete the zoning library conversion then retry the operation To start a new log for the fabric persist the fabric through the Persist Fabric dialog box Consult with the customer s network administrator to determine a new IP address to be assigned and configured edge switch 2 32 service manual Messages Message Description aon This product is not managed by this HAFM server This switch is currently part of this fabric and cannot be removed from the Fabric Membership List Isolate the switch from the fabric prior to removing it from
29. control processor CTP card The chassis slot is O The CTP card is not a FRU THM thermal sensor The chassis slot is O on the CTP card The thermal sensor is not a FRU Position a number representing the FRU chassis position Chassis slots for power supplies are O and 1 Chassis slots for fans are O through 4 cooling fans inclusive Chassis slots for SFPs are 0 through 31 Action the action performed Inserted or Removed edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information e Part Number the part number of the inserted or removed FRU e Serial Number the serial number of the inserted or removed FRU Link Incident Log The Link Incident Log Figure 3 5 displays a history of Fibre Channel link incidents and associated port numbers for the switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems and repair verification To open the Link Incident Log select Link Incident Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel 2051 02 12 21 56 PM 322102 4 09 11 Phi H2N0 4 09 11 Ph HANDA O Pht H2N0 4 07 10 Ph H2N0 5 06 09 Ph HANDA 3 06 09 Pht 3121102 4 54 52 Ph 321 02 4 30 11 Ph M2102 4 29 13 Pht 3121 02 4 19 41 Ph 21102 5 47 51 Ph J 23 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss of Signal or Loss of
30. maintenance and diagnostic functions as follows e View panel quickly inspect and determine the operational status of the switch and inspect switch properties and operating parameters FRU properties and Fibre Channel port properties e Configure panel configure or change Switch ports edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 41 General Information Switch identification date and time operating parameters and network addresses SNMP trap message recipients User passwords e Monitor panel inspect and monitor Fibre Channel ports and port performance statistics The active zone set Event log entries and clear the IML LED at the front panel Information about attached devices nodes e Operations panel perform the following operations and maintenance tasks Enable port beaconing and perform port diagnostics internal and external loopback tests Reset Fibre Channel ports Set the switch online state Upgrade switch firmware General tasks performed through the web server interface are similar in form and function to tasks performed through the HAFM and Product Manager applications and are therefore not documented in this publication For task information and descriptions open the online user documentation Help selection that supports the interface This publication provides instructions for switch installation and fault isolation using the Embedded Web Ser
31. switches but the zones contain different members a Work with the system administrator to determine the desired zone name change for the one of the affected switches Zone names must conform to the following rules e The name must be 64 characters or fewer in length e The first character must be a letter a through z upper or lower case e Other characters are alphanumeric a through z or O through 9 dollar sign hyphen caret 4 or underscore _ edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 85 Diagnostics b Close the Product Manager application for the switch Hardware View The main HAFM window or Product View still active displays c Select the Fabrics tab from the View menu The Fabrics View displays with the default Topology tab active d Select the Zone Set tab at the bottom of the window The Zone Set tab becomes active and displays the active zone set SANLab MicD 21 i DracoLab 3 i F de Dracol ab E O Di aculab 2 le vracotab 34 slo o A l M G ment o DEE SLUT RET UUUUU SZ E SANLab McD 21 E D3C 57 C0 1F E1 00 00 03 34 E DracoLab 32 I 3 Sorw oH le uracoLab 24 o DEC 62 00 1F E1 00 00 03 32 E F Draen ab 29 DZC 57 C0 4F E1 00 00 03 33 P DracuLat 11 7 A Lraco_aa 3 Sos ESA Al A regu ld MEF SA Ini Ant Aan 1 i EA Jn cnt B por io eME ESA Juni Zul Be ur 2 l PPA Ini Sent Aandi e Inspect zone names in the active zone set to determine the incompati
32. the switch automatically copies the contents of dynamic random access memory DRAM to a dump area in FLASH memory on the CTP card then transfers through the Ethernet connection the captured dump file from FLASH memory to the HAFM server hard drive Perform the maintenance data collection procedure after a firmware fault is corrected or a failed FRU is replaced to capture the data for analysis by third level support personnel Maintenance data includes the dump file hardware log audit log and an engineering log viewable only by support personnel To collect maintenance data 1 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch for which the data collection procedure is to be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Data Collection from the Maintenance icon The Save Data Collection dialog box Figure 3 17 displays rores gt a ll a ae id Adaptec EF Adobe Adobe Type Manager E Agile Software Common Files Figure 3 17 Save Data Collection Dialog Box 4 Remove the backup disk from the HAFM server Zip drive and insert a blank Zip disk 5 At the Save Data Collection dialog box select the zip drive D from the Look in drop down menu then type a descriptive name for the collected maintenance data in the File name field Click Save edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information
33. zo do Ol O mM O PORT 1Gbsec O 20 eo O O mM G PORT 16Gbsec I 20 9 O lv G PORT 1Gbisec v 20 09 00 60 48 00 00 00 Woo UO O lv G PORT 1Gbisec J 20 0A 00 60 48 00 00 00 mo 0O0 O ld GPORT 16Gbsec 20 0B 00 00 C9 00 00 00 a2 SUO O M O PORT fGhiseec I 200 ma O O m o PORT 16Gbisec I 20 0D 00 00 C9 00 00 00 142 SO O ld G PORT 16Gbisec 20 0E 00 00 C9 00 00 00 as J 0 O lv O PORT 1Gbisec v 20 0F 08 00 20 00 00 00 ne 0 O lv G PORT 1 Gbisec l 20 10 08 00 20 00 00 00 ap SAO O 6 PORT 1Gbsec I 0 mo CL O WM 6 PORT fiGhisec Wi 20 ng SO O mM lo_PorT 1Gbsec O 0 20 0O0 O ld lo_PORT iGhisec I 20 a UO J O I O PORT fiGhisec Wi 20 22 OO A o PorTfGhsee O b Use the vertical scroll bar as necessary to display the information row for the port indicating an invalid attachment c Select click the Type field and configure the port from the list box as follows e Select F_Port fabric port if the port is cabled to a device node e Select E_Port expansion port if the port is cabled to a fabric element director or switch to form an ISL d Click the Activate button to save the configuration information and close the dialog box Did reconfiguring the port type solve the problem NO YES 4 The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 18 The
34. 1 13 event codes B 1 maintenance analysis procedures See MAPs maintenance port 1 6 1 21 management HAFM application 1 3 out of band 1 3 SNMP agent 1 3 switch 1 3 web server 1 3 MAP 0000 Start Map 2 7 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 2 26 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 2 32 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 2 33 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 2 39 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 2 58 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 2 63 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 2 79 MAP 0800 Console PC Problem Determination 2 90 MAPs 2 1 Index 3 Index collecting data 3 32 event codes B 1 MAP 0000 Start Map 2 7 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 2 26 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 2 32 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 2 33 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 2 39 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 2 58 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 2 63 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 2 79 MAP 0800 Console PC Problem Determination 2 90 quick start 2 1 memory HAFM server 1 12 RAM 1 12 menu bar description 1 24 menus menu bar 1 24 node list view 1 32 performance view 1 34 port 1 29 port list view 1 30 switch 1 28 messages fabric manager A 1 HAFM application A 1 Product Manager A 19 modem external 1 12 modem cable 1 44 multiswitch
35. 11 exceeded Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Goto step 32 584 Not operational primitive sequence NOS Go to step 32 received Primitive sequence timeout Go to step 33 Invalid primitive sequence received for Go to step 33 link state SBAR failure Go to step 32 4 Is fault isolation being performed at the switch or HAFM server YES NO y Fault isolation is being performed through the Embedded Web Server interface Go to step 35 5 Is the amber LED adjacent to a Fibre Channel port illuminated but not blinking 2 64 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics NO YES 4 Go to step 11 6 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator overlay a port graphic at the Hardware View NO YES y Go to step 11 7 Did a Fibre Channel port fail a loopback test NO YES y Go to step 12 8 Perform link incident or failure analysis for the port Does a yellow triangle attention indicator overlay the port graphic at the Hardware View YES NO 4 Go to step 10 9 Inspect the port state and LED green and amber status edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 65 Diagnostics a Atthe Hardware View click the port graphic The Port Properties dialog box displays Directaccess storage En 20 07 00 60 48 00 00 00 Enc 20 07 00 60 46 00 07 00 2012345678 b Inspect the Operational State field and the emulated green and amber LEDs adjacent to the port at the Hardware Vie
36. 32 documentation kit CD Subsequent firmware versions for upgrading the switch are provided to customers through the HP website NOTE When adding a firmware version follow all the instructions in the release notes that accompany the firmware version This information supplements information in this general procedure To add a switch firmware version to the library stored on the HAFM server hard drive edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 41 Repair Information 3 42 1 Obtain the new firmware version from the HP website NOTE The following path is subject to change a At the HAFM server or other personal computer PC with Internet access open the HP website The uniform resource locator URL is http thenew hp com country us eng support htm NOTE If required obtain the customer specific member name and password from the customer or next level of Support b Follow links to HAFM software c Click the Edge Switch 2 32 Firmware Version XX YY ZZ entry where XX YY ZZ is the desired version The Windows Save As dialog box displays d Ensure the correct directory path is specified at the Save in field and the correct file is specified in the File name field Click Save The new firmware version is downloaded and saved to the HAFM server or PC hard drive e If the new firmware version was downloaded to a PC not the HAFM server transfer the firmware version file to the HAFM server by diskette or other electronic m
37. A A LO Event Code 305 Cooling fan propeller failed Explanation All four cooling fans failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity The amber LED illuminates at the rear of the fan modules Replace the fans Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan numbers Distribution HAFM Server Host Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident HA AY A 14 e 3 Event Code 310 Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational B 18 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Explanation One cooling fan out of four recovered or the associated fan module was replaced All fans are operational No action required Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log E Y E E EJ Event Code 311 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation Two cooling fans out of four recovered or the associated fan modules were replaced All fans are operational Action No action required Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan numbers witch EWS System Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Error Log Home Info Incident Log Indicator e BA E HL LORO Event Code 312 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation Three cooling fans out of four recove
38. Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Reason code 00 Operator requested with debug command 02 Initialization failure 03 Hot plug power up diagnostics failure acknowledgement 04 Communications with hardware is irregular or nonexistent 05 Read of module ID failed 06 High availability statistical error threshold reached 07 Communication with hardware is irregular or nonexistent Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick counter Bytes 8 11 Reason code specific data Distribution HAEM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log B 58 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Code 605 SBAR module revision not supported Explanation The specified SBAR module is not recognized by the existing firmware The SBAR mod ule will appear uninstalled to system software Action Ensure that the switch model supports the operating firmware If the firmware supports the model perform the data collection procedure for the switch using HAFM If the prob lem persists following a system power on reset replace the switch and return the switch and the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis and repair Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Bytes 4 7
39. C 20 07 00 60 48 00 01 00 2012345678 Does the Operational State field indicate Segmented E_Port YES NO y Analysis for a port failure or other link incident is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 6 Inspect the Reason field at the Port Properties dialog box The following table lists port segmentation reasons and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Segmentation Reason Action Build fabric protocol error Go to step 14 No principal switch Go to step 19 No response from attached switch Go to step 16 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 81 Diagnostics 7 As indicated by an event code 052 a minor internal operating error was detected by the management server subsystem The error caused management server databases to be re initialized to an empty state As a result a disruptive server logout and login occurred for all attached devices All attached devices resume operation after management server login Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP for analysis 8 As indicated by an event code 062 the fabric controller software detected a path within the connected multi switch fabric that traverses more than seven interswitch links ISLs or hops Fibre Channel frames may persist in the fabric longer than timeout values allow Advise the customer of the problem and work with the system administrator to r
40. CTP Failure Analysis on page 2 58 13 A blinking red and yellow diamond overlays a power supply graphic A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 14 Is a yellow triangle attention indicator displayed at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO y Go to step 18 15 Click the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View e Observe whether the Edge Switch 2 32 Status table is yellow and switch status is Minor Failure or Not Installed e Inspect FRUs for a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator that overlays the FRU graphic Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a Fibre Channel port graphic edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 11 Diagnostics NO YES 4 A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 16 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a fan graphic NO YES y A fan failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Failure Analysis on page 2 58 17 A blinking red and yellow diamond overlays a power supply graphic A power supply failure is indicated Go t
41. Channel I O controller FCC IOC In a director the integrated controller on the control processor CTP card dedicated to the task of managing the embedded Fibre Channel port In a director or switch the FCC IOC controls the embedded Fibre Channel port and configures the ports application specific integrated circuits ASICs Fibre Channel IP address FC IP The default FC IP on a new switch is a temporary number divided by the switch s world wide name WWN The system administrator needs to enter a valid IP address Fibre Channel management framework integration FCMGM T A standard defined by the Fibre Alliance to provide easy management for Fibre Channel based devices such as switches hubs and host bus adapters Fibre Channel physical and signaling interface FC PH The American National Standards Institute ANSI document that specifies the FC 0 physical signaling FC 1 data encoding and FC 2 frame construct layers of the Fibre Channel protocol D Fibre Channel standard American National Standards Institute ANSI standard that provides a common efficient data transport system that supports multiple protocols The architecture integrates both channel and network technologies and provides active intelligent interconnection among devices All data transmission is isolated from the control protocol allowing use of point to point arbitrated loop or switched fabric topologies to meet the needs of an application Fibre Con
42. Department of Defense standards for network protocol TCP provides reliable communication and control through full duplex connections D transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP A layered set of protocols network and transport that allows sharing of applications among devices on a high speed local area network LAN communication environment D See also transmission control protocol Internet protocol trap Unsolicited notification of an event originating from a simple network management protocol SNMP managed device and directed to an SNMP network management station edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 49 Glossary trap host Simple network management protocol SNMP management workstation that is configured to receive traps trap recipient In simple network management protocol SNMP a network management station that receives messages through SNMP for specific events that occur on the arbitrated loop device trunk cable Cable consisting of multiple fiber pairs that do not directly attach to an active device This cable usually exists between distribution panels and can be located within or external to a building D Contrast with jumper cable See also optical cable U UDP See user datagram protocol UL See Underwriters Laboratories ULP See upper level protocol unblocked connection In a director or switch the absence of the blocked attribute for a specific port Contrast with blocked
43. Ethernet cable connects the switch front panel to an Ethernet hub If not connect the cable as directed by the customer b Ensure an RJ 45 Ethernet cable connects the HAFM server adapter card to an Ethernet hub If not connect the cable as directed by the customer c Ensure both Ethernet cables are not damaged If damaged replace the cables Was a corrective action performed NO YES 4 Go to step 1 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 10 Does the LAN configuration use multiple Ethernet hubs that are daisy chained YES NO y Go to step 12 11 Verify the hubs are correctly interconnected Was a corrective action performed NO YES 4 Go to step 1 12 Verify operation of the Ethernet hub or hubs Inspect each hub for indications of being powered on such as e Green Power LED illuminated e Green Status LEDs illuminated Is a hub failure indicated YES NO y Go to step 14 13 Replace the Ethernet hub Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the hub for instructions Did hub replacement solve the problem NO YES y The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational A switch Ethernet port failure is indicated Go to step 29 14 A problem with another LAN attached device is indicated e Ifthe problem is associated with another switch or HAFM server go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem for that device edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 45
44. Figures 1 1 Switch HAFM server and Ethernet Hub 1 2 1 2 Out of Band Product Management 00 cece eee eens 1 4 1 3 Inband Product Management 0 0 cee cee eens 1 5 1 4 E A O IN fake aso er alae ee a 1 11 1 5 12 Pon PihemetHub rd a oo he ee as 1 13 1 6 Typical Network Configuration One Ethernet Connection 1 15 edge switch 2 32 service manual vii ON Me IA Nn We am seen glee Mo ben all fat DO d N monde ah ee a aT a ee ee aT Ao OOOO D vA4aESL O De O NO NN FF RF RP a gt gt OO 00 N Typical Network Configuration Two Ethernet Connections 1 15 Edge Switch 2 32 ONE View ir A owed 1 17 Edge Switch 2 32 eat VIEW ostra ta dada iaa ae 1 18 Product VIEW Goat eee scone Ge a oad o aia dla 1 22 Hatdwate Vi Wak ove ot the EA a aot ee hou ee ete hes 1 25 Hardwate VIEW o2ccon cates ios labrada os dido 1 28 LAA A eee aes ere agen ene enon 1 30 LA A SIE 1 31 Node List VIE Was estas tai a ide E 1 32 Pero manc e VIS ye ene tora 2d es ains a l ie And avala da Behe 1 33 Fabrics View Topolosy lab ota oid baie iis bea ed 1 37 Fabrics View Zone Sets Tab ss irc ir a e ia E 08 1 38 ELAENM Services WindOW sr AI as 1 39 Multi mode and Single mode Loopback Plugs 1 44 Fiber Optic Protective Plug 0 0 0 eee eee ees 1 44 NullModentCables su tits aeaiare arene o at be Bede Glad a Peed Or ee ai
45. HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal protocol error Unsolic HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 ited response User port detected frame error Undeliv HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 erable frame User port detected transmission rate dis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 crepancy User port detected transmission rate HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 inconsistent mode User port internal protocol error Credit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out of sync SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User egress port detected frame transmis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 sion error User ingress port detected internal time HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out User egress port detected frame internal HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 integrity error edge switch 2 32 service manual B 57 Event Codes 0x46 User egress port detected internal proto HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 col error User port detected internal frame length HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port detected internal queue protocol HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Event Code 604 Message SBAR module failure Severity Major Explanation A failure criteria associated with the serial crossbar hardware module has been met
46. HAFM Server Host EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log ze e 12 E if fT 7 Event Code 202 Power supply thermal failure B 14 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Explanation The thermal sensor associated with a power supply indicates an overheat condition that shut down the power supply The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the switch Action Replace the failed power supply Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and failed power supply to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Event Code 203 Message Power supply AC voltage recovery Severity Informational Explanation AC voltage recovered for the power supply Both power supplies adjust to share operat ing load for the switch Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with the event EWS E Mail Call Sense Link Home Info Incident ERA A Event Code 204 Power supply DC voltage recovery Explanation DC voltage recovered for the power supply Both power supplies adjust to share operat ing load for the switch Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with the event edge switch 2 32 service manual B 15 Event Codes Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident A Y Event Cod
47. Information the creation of a single fabric A segmented link transmits only Class F traffic the link does not transmit Class 2 or Class 3 traffic The following conditions cause ports to segment Incompatible operating parameters either the resource allocation time out value R_A_ TOV or error detect time out value E_D_ TOV 1s inconsistent between switches To prevent port segmentation the same E_D_TOVandR_A TOV must be specified for each switch Duplicate domain IDs one or more domain ID conflicts are detected Incompatible zoning configurations zoning configurations for the switches are not compatible Build fabric protocol error a protocol error is detected during the process of forming the fabric No principal switch no switch in the fabric is capable of becoming the principal switch NOTE At least one director or switch in a multi switch fabric must be set to either principal or default making it capable of becoming principal switch If all directors and switches are set to never principal all ISLs will segment Reason code 05 Unresponsive switch Each switch in a fabric periodically verifies operation of all attached switches An ISL segments if the attached switch does not respond to a verification request ELP retransmission failure timeout a switch that exhibits a hardware failure or connectivity problem cannot transmit or receive Class F frames The switch did not receive a response to multi
48. MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Failure Analysis on page 2 58 35 Is the green LED on a power supply extinguished NO YES y A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 The switch appears operational 36 Are you ata PC with a web browser such as Netscape Navigator or Microsoft Internet Explorer and an Internet connection to the switch reporting the problem YES NO y Go to step 52 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 37 Is the web browser PC powered on and communicating with the switch through the Internet connection NO YES y Go to step 39 38 Boot the web browser PC a Power on the PC in accordance with the instructions delivered with the PC The Windows desktop displays b Launch the PC browser application by double clicking the appropriate icon at the Windows desktop c At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address field Internet Explorer type http xxx xxx xxx xxx where xxx xxx xxx xxx S the IP address of the switch obtained in step 1 The Username and Password Required dialog box displays Enter username for access at localhost User Hame Password Cancel d Type the user name and password obtained in step 1 and click OK The Embedded Web Server interface opens with the View panel Switch tab displayed Continue edge switch 2 32 service man
49. Manager application This GUI resides on the HAFM server and provides a single point of management for all directors and switches Operators at remote workstations can connect to the HAFM server through the local HAFM application and associated Product Manager applications to manage and monitor switches controlled by the HAFM server A maximum of nine concurrent users including a local user can log in to the HAFM application Management using simple network management protocol SNMP An SNMP agent is implemented through the HAFM application that allows administrators on SNMP management workstations to access product management information using any standard network management tool Administrators can assign Internet Protocol IP addresses and corresponding community names for up to six SNMP workstations functioning as SNMP trap message recipients Management through the Internet using the EWS interface installed on the director or switch This interface supports configuration statistics monitoring and basic operation of the product but does not offer all the capabilities of the corresponding Product Manager application Administrators launch the web server interface from a remote PC by entering the product s IP address as the Internet uniform resource locator URL then entering a user name and password at a login screen The PC browser then becomes a management console Management through a customer supplied remote workstation communicat
50. None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware When the parameters are set click OK The HyperTerminal window displays i Atthe gt prompt type the user level password the default is password and press Enter The password is case sensitive The HyperTerminal window displays with software and hardware version information for the switch and an C gt prompt at the bottom of the window j At the C gt prompt type the ipconfig command and press Enter The HyperTerminal window displays with configuration information listed including the IP address File Edit View Call Transfer Help O A SCC C gt 1ipeontig MAC Address 08 00 88 00 15 45 IP Address 144 49 15 45 Subnet Mask ip do A A Gateway Address 144 49 15 2 E gt 4 Connected 0 00 50 Auto detect 57600 a M 1 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo g k Record the switch IP address l Select Exit from the File pull down menu to close the HyperTerminal application The following message box displays You are curently connected Are You sure you want to disconnect now edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 51 Diagnostics 2 52 m Click Yes The following message box displays 2 Do pou want to save session device Y Ho Cancel n Click No to exit and close the HyperTerminal application o Power off the maintenance terminal p Disconnect the RS 232 modem cable from the switch and the maintenance terminal Replace the pro
51. PC hard drive should be formatted If the customer and support personnel do not concur go to step 10 a Format the PC hard drive Refer to supporting documentation shipped with the PC for instructions b Install the Windows operating system and HAFM application Did the PC hard drive format and did the operating system and HAFM application install and open successfully NO YES y The PC appears operational 10 Additional analysis for the failure is not described in this MAP Contact the next level of support 2 94 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 95 3 Repair Information This chapter describes the repair and repair related procedures for the HP Storage Works Edge Switch 2 32 and associated field replaceable units FRUs These procedures are described e Obtaining log information at the HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM server e Displaying and using HAFM server views e Obtaining and interpreting port diagnostic and performance data and performing port diagnostic loopback tests e Swapping ports S 390 mode only e Collecting maintenance data e Cleaning fiber optic components e Powering the switch on and off e Performing an initial program load IPL e Setting the switch online or offline e Blocking or unblocking Fibre Channel ports e Managing firmware versions e Managing configuration data e Installing or upgrading softwa
52. Severity Informational Explanation A switch E_Port recognized an incompatibility with an attached fabric element director or switch preventing the switch from participating in the fabric A segmented port does not transmit Class 2 or Class 3 traffic data from attached devices but transmits Class F traffic management and control data from the attached director or switch Refer to the event data for the segmentation reason Action Action depends on the segmentation reason specified in the event data 6 edge switch 2 32 service manual y Event Codes Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the E_Port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as follows 1 Incompatible operating parameters Ether the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV or error detect time out value _D_TOV is inconsistent between the switch and another fabric element director or switch Modify the R_A_TOVand E_D_TOVto make the values consistent for all fabric directors and switches 2 Duplicate domain ID The switch has the same preferred domain ID as another fab ric element director or switch Modify the switch s Domain ID to make it unique 3 Incompatible zoning configurations The same name is applied to a zone for the switch and another fabric element director or switch but the zones contain different zone members Modify the zone name to make it unique or ensure zones w
53. Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received 3121 02 10 28 38 AM 15 Not Operational primitive sequence MOS received MeO 10 28 28 AM 236 Loss of Signal or Loss ofF Synchronization M2102 102703 AM 15 Loss oftSignal or Loss of Synchronization ear ota nenon one Figure 3 5 Link Incident Log The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the link incident occurred e Port the port number that reported the link incident 0 through 31 e Link Incident a brief description of the link incident Problem descriptions include Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Link failure not operational primitive sequence received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Refer to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 63 or MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 79 for corrective
54. Unknown Operational 10 1 3 10 Unknown Operational 3111 02 11 13 48 AM 10 1 6 2 Degraded Operational Figure 3 2 Product Status Log The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the switch status change occurred e Network Address the IP address or configured name of the switch This address or name corresponds to the address or name displayed under the switch icon at the Product View e Previous Status the status of the switch prior to the reported status change Operational Degraded Failed or Unknown An Unknown status indicates the HAFM application cannot communicate with the switch e New Status the status of the switch after to the reported status change Operational Degraded Failed or Unknown Fabric Log The Fabric Log reflects the time and nature of significant changes in the managed fabric To display the Fabric Log choose Fabric Log from the Logs menu e The Date Time column displays the date and time of the change in the fabric edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 5 Repair Information e The Fabric Status Changed column displays the type of change in the fabric for example a switch was added or removed an ISL was added or removed the fabric was renamed or persisted or a zone set became active e The Description column displays a description of the change in the fabric Audit Log The switch audit log displays a history of all configuration changes made to
55. Windows Security dialog box displays b Atthe Windows Security dialog box click Task Manager The Windows Task Manager dialog box displays with the Applications page open c Select highlight HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager and click End Task The HAFM application closes File Options View Windows Help Applications Processes Performance hp Storage Works ha fabric manager Running te HAFM Services Running End Task _ Switch To New Task Processes 4r CPU Usage 16 Mem Usage 134120 324720 Continue 3 Attempt to clear the problem by rebooting the HAFM server PC a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays 2 34 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics b Atthe Windows Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC d Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC After POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays e Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click OK The HAFM application starts and the HAFM Login dialog box displays f At the HAFM Login dialog box type a user name password and HAFM server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on p
56. a switch from the Product Manager simple network management protocol SNMP management workstation This information is useful for system administrators and users To open the audit log from the Hardware View Port List View or Performance View select Audit Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel For a description of the audit log and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the log window refer to the switch hp StorageWorks edge switch 2 32 product manager user guide Event Log The switch Event Log Figure 3 3 displays a history of events for the switch such as system events degraded operation FRU failures FRU removals and replacements port problems Fibre Channel link incidents and HAFM server to switch communication problems All detected software and hardware failures are recorded in the Event Log The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification To open the Event Log select Event Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel 3 11 0211 18 18 AM 070 E_Porthas become segmented Informational 28 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 3111 02 11 15 54 AM 070 E_Porthas become segmented Informational 28 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 311 02 11 13 15 AM 203 Powersupply AC voltage recovery Informational PVVR O se fe Pee ie Figure 3 3 Switch Event Log The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the switch ev
57. actions in response to these link incident messages Refresh the Link Incident Log To ensure recently created link incidents display in the Link Incident Log periodically refresh the log display To refresh the log click Refresh at the bottom of the log window Clear the Link Incident Log To ensure the Link Incident Log is up to date and not filled with archived incidents periodically clear the log display To clear the log click Clear at the bottom of the log window Threshold Alert Log This log provides details of threshold alert notifications Besides the date and time that the alert occurred the log also displays details about the alert as configured through the Configure Threshold Alert s option under the Configure menu 3 10 edge switch 2 32 service manual Em edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 19 38 PM 2 19 37 PM 2 14 38 PM 2 14 36 PM 2 09 38 PM 2 09 36 Phl 2 04 38 PM 2 04 36 PM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Date and time stamp for when the alert occurred 09 30 PM 09 36 Ph 2437 PIM 04 36 Ph 49 37 PM 49 36 PM 44037 PIM 44 36 Pll 39 36 PM 39 35 PM 34 36 PM 34 95 PM 29 35 PM 29 35 PM 24 34 PM 24 34 PM 19 34 PM 19 34 PM 14 34 i Figure 3 6 Threshold Alert Log Date Time Name Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throug
58. an error Only requests containing authorized SNMP community names as configured through the switch Product Manager application are allowed Add the community name to the SNMP configuration using the switch Product Manager application No supplementary data included with this event EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log E E A ESE Action Event Data Distribution edge switch 2 32 service manual B 3 Event Codes Event Code 051 Message Management Server database invalid Severity Minor resulting in an implicit logout of all devices logged in to the Management server Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log Explanation Following an IML or firmware download the Management server database failed its CRC validation All Management Services databases are initialized to an empty state Event Code 052 Message Management Server internal error an indication of asynchronous status report activation or an indication that a mode register update has occurred Severity Informational Explanation The Management server subsystem detected an internal operating error within the switch or an asynchronous status is to be reported to a Host or an indication that a mode register has occurred Action For a manageme
59. and providing on demand data for multiple users T data directory Critical information for all managed products including directors and switches Information stored here includes e All configuration data e All log files e Call home settings e Firmware library e Zoning library datagram Synonym for Class 3 Fibre Channel service dB See decibel dBm Decibels referenced to one milliwatt Zero dBm equals one milliwatt with a logarithmic relationship as the value increases D DC See direct current decibel Abbreviated as dB A standard unit used to express gain or loss of optical power expressed as the ratio of input power to output power on a logarithmic basis D default Pertaining to an attribute value or option that is assumed by a system when none is explicitly specified D 1 default zone A zone that contains all attached devices that are not members of a separate active zone destination A point or location such as a processor director or switch or server to which data is transmitted D Glossary 12 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary device 1 Mechanical electrical or electronic hardware with a specific purpose D See also managed product 2 See node diagnostics 1 The process of investigating the cause or nature of a problem in a product or system 2 Procedures or tests used by computer users and service personnel to diagnose hardware or software problems D d
60. application problem is indicated Event codes are not recorded Go to MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination on page 2 33 5 Is the HAFM application active NO YES y Go to step 7 6 Reboot the HAFM server PC edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b Atthe Windows Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC d Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC After POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays e Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in step 1 and click OK The HAFM Services and HAFM applications start and the HAFM Login dialog box displays f At the HAFM Login dialog box type a user name password and HAFM server name obtained in step 1 and all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays Did the Product View display and does the HAFM application appear operational YES NO 4 An HAFM server hardware problem is indicated Event codes are not recorded Go to MAP 0800 Console PC Problem Determination on page 2 90 7 Inspect the alert panel at the lower left corner of the Product View The indicator shows the status of manage
61. are supplied with the switch or must be supplied by service personnel Fiber optic loopback plug An SFP multi mode shortwave laser or single mode longwave laser loopback plug is required to perform port loopback diagnostic tests One loopback plug is shipped with the switch depending on the type of port transceivers installed Both plugs are shipped if shortwave laser and longwave laser transceivers are installed The plug is shown in Figure 1 20 Figure 1 20 Multi mode and Single mode Loopback Plugs Fiber optic protective plug For safety and port transceiver protection fiber optic protective plugs must be inserted in all port SFPs without fiber optic cables attached The switch is shipped with protective plugs installed in all ports A protective plug is shown in Figure 1 21 Figure 1 21 Fiber Optic Protective Plug Null modem cable An asynchronous RS 232 null modem cable is required to configure switch network addresses and acquire event log information through the maintenance port The cable has nine conductors and DB 9 male and female connectors A null modem cable is not a standard straight through RS 232 cable Refer to Figure 1 22 edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Figure 1 22 Null Modem Cable Tools Supplied by Service Personnel The following tools are expected to be supplied by service personnel performing switch installation and maintenance actions Use of the tools may be
62. available when you click a port row then select the Port secondary menu from the Product tab on the menu bar Performance View Select the Performance View tab from the menu Figure 1 16 shows an example of the Performance View This view provides a graphical display of performance for all 32 ports The top portion of the Performance View displays bar graphs that show the level of transmit receive activity for each port This information updates every five seconds Each bar graph also shows the percentage link utilization for the port A red arrow marks the highest utilization level reached since the Performance View was opened If the system detects activity on a port it represents minimal activity with at least one bar When an end device node is logged into a port moving the cursor over the port s bar graph in the Performance View highlights the graph and displays a message with the world wide name of the connected node If the connected node has more than one port this is the world wide name of the specific port on the node When a port is functioning as an expansion port E_Port the message is E_Port When a port is not logged into an end device not functioning as an F_Port or to another switch not functioning as an E_Port the message is the port s current online state TUL CELE ELLs ENEN Figure 1 16 Performance View edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 33 General Information Right click a bar graph to display a
63. being powered on such as e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO uF A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 28 Is the PWR LED at the switch front panel illuminated NO YES Go to step 30 A faulty PWR LED is indicated but Fibre Channel port operation is not disrupted a If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is acceptable to the customer do not perform any repair action b If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is not acceptable to the customer remove and replace the switch 29 Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO 4 A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 A faulty PWR LED is indicated but Fibre Channel port operation is not disrupted a If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is acceptable to the custo
64. chart 0x00 Common logic error 0x01 ASIC common error Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 9 High availability error callout 1 Bytes 10 11 High availability error callout 2 Byte 12 Detecting port Byte 13 Connected port Byte 14 Participating SBAR Bytes 16 17 High availability error callout 3 Bytes 18 19 High availability error callout 4 Distribution HAFM Server Host ee Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log es I fe St A B 32 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Reason Code Additional Data 0x00 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x01 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x02 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface sig HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nal error 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x09 SBAR Module detected external parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Ox0A Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 OxOB SBAR Mo
65. critical failure prevents the switch from performing fundamental switching operations e All fans failed e All installed ports failed e Both power supplies failed Switch status is unknown This occurs if the Ethernet network connection between the HAFM server and the switch cannot be established or if the CTP fails Messages display to the right of the status symbol as you move the cursor over options under the menu bar menus These messages provide additional details about tasks that you can perform through the menu option edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Fabrics View Access the Fabrics View by clicking the Fabrics tab on the HAFM application window The left panel of this view is the Fabric Tree which is the expandable list of fabrics products in fabrics and nodes connected to products The view area for the tab 1s to the right of the Fabric Tree Click the Topology and Zone Set tabs at the bottom of the view area to change the views The Topology tab default is illustrated in Figure 1 17 and the Zone Sets tab 1s 1llustrated in Figure 1 18 El SANLab MCD 21 a bracotan s E a s aula 2 al DracoLab 34 A iraa ah MEN APTA E a pracoLab 32 1 O Dracolab 27 a Dracolab 25 2 DracoLab 11 Figure 1 17 Fabrics View Topology Tab Topology Tab The view area of the Topology tab provides details on all fabrics known to the HAFM server and HAFM application This area displ
66. daisy chained as required to provide additional Ethernet connections as more switches or other HP managed products are installed on a customer network Figure 1 1 illustrates the switch HAFM server and Ethernet hub Figure 1 1 Switch HAFM server and Ethernet Hub The switch provides dynamic switched connections for servers and devices supports mainframe and open systems interconnection OSI computing environments and provides data transmission and flow control between device node ports N_Ports as dictated by the Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface FC PH 4 3 Through interswitch links ISLs the switch can connect additional switches to form a Fibre Channel multi switch fabric The switch provides connectivity for devices manufactured by multiple original equipment manufacturers OEMs To determine if an OEM product can communicate through connections provided by the switch or if communication restrictions apply refer to the supporting publications for the product or contact your HP marketing representative edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Switch Management Out of band non Fibre Channel management access to HP products is provided through an Ethernet LAN connection to a switch front panel The following out of band management access methods are provided Management through the HAFM application The HAFM application includes the Edge Switch 2 32 Product
67. detected request time out Embedded port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 0x38 0x39 OX3A 0x3B 0x3C 0x3D Ox3E Ox3F 0x40 0x41 0x42 0x43 0x44 0x45 Event Codes Reserved Engineering use only HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Health Check port failed busy bit clear HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Health Check port detected bit synchro HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nization error Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Embedded Port detected internal frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error invalid trailer SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal time out 3
68. establish their operating parameters During fabric login the presence or absence of a fabric 1s determined and paths to other N_Ports are mapped Specific operating characteristics for each port such as buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit and data frame size are also established fabric login command FLOGI The command that establishes the initial operating parameters and topology for a fabric The command is accepted by a fabric port F_Port fabric mode See interoperability mode fabric port F_Port Physical interface within the fabric that connects to a node port N_Port through a point to point full duplex connection See also bridge port expansion port generic port node port segmented expansion port fabric services The services that implement the various Fibre Channel protocol services that are described in the standards These services include the fabric controller login server name server and management server failover Automatic and nondisruptive transition of functions from an active field replaceable unit FRU that has failed to a backup FRU FC See Fibre Channel FC 0 The Fibre Channel layer that describes the physical link between two ports including the transmission media transmitter and receiver circuitry and interfaces D This consists of a pair of either optical fiber or electrical cables link media along with transceiver circuitry which work together to convert a stream of bits at one end of
69. fabric 1 8 domainID 1 8 E_Port segmentation 1 8 port segmentation 1 8 zoning 1 8 Index 4 N Node List View 3 16 node list view 1 32 node list view menu 1 32 nodes types list of 3 17 notebook PC 1 11 null modem cable 1 44 O offline setting switch 3 37 online setting switch 3 37 open system management server see OSMS operating status for the Edge Switch 2 32 1 35 OSMS product management 1 4 out of band management description 1 3 P part numbers 5 1 parts 5 1 password default 2 1 3 2 PCMCIA slots 1 12 Pentium processor 1 12 Performance View 3 17 performance view menu 1 34 performance view option 1 33 personal computer HAFM server 1 11 port blocking 3 39 diagnostics 3 19 LEDs 3 19 loopback tests external 3 28 loopback tests internal 3 26 segmentation 1 8 swapping 3 30 unblocking 3 40 port bandwidth 1 1 Port List View 3 12 port list view displayed 1 30 edge switch 2 32 service manual port list view menu 1 30 port menu 1 29 port properties dialog box 1 29 ports displaying statistics 1 34 WWN node list view 2 73 ports list view 1 30 power off procedure 3 35 power supplies 1 19 illustrations 3 2 LEDs 1 20 part numbers 5 2 removal 4 4 replacement 4 5 power supply events event codes tables B 14 preventive maintenance cleaning fiber optic components 3 33 product management FICON 1 4 FMS 1 4 inband access 1 4 OSMS 14 Product Manager alert symbols 1 27 diagnostic features 1 24 Hardware
70. for the current link state Were one or more event codes found YES NO y Perform switch fault isolation at the HAFM server Go to step 3 Go to Table 2 3 on page 2 2 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 2 26 This MAP describes fault isolation for the switch power distribution system including defective AC power cords or power supplies 1 Was an event code 200 201 202 or 208 observed at the switch Event Log HAFM server or at the Embedded Web Server event log YES NO 4 Go to step 3 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and the associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Power supply AC voltage failure Go to step 6 Power supply DC voltage failure Go to step 10 Power supply thermal failure Go to step 10 Power supply false shutdown Go to step 6 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 3 Is remote fault isolation being performed at the HAFM server YES NO y Remote fault isolation is being performed through the Embedded Web Server interface Go to step 20 4 Does inspection of a power supply indicate a failure green LED extinguished NO YES y Go to step 6 5 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator overlay a power supply graphic at the HAFM server Hardware View YES NO 4 Go to step 11 6 A redundant power supply is disconnected from facility AC power not properly installed or has failed Verify
71. from the HAFM server provide automatic notification of significant system events to designated support personnel or administrators HAFM Diagnostics The HAFM application provides a Java based GUI to manage monitor and isolate problems for multiple switches and multi switch fabrics The user interface operates locally on the HAFM server or through an Ethernet LAN connection from a remote user workstation The application starts automatically when the HAFM server is powered on or rebooted and the default display is the main HAFM window or Product View Figure 1 10 If you are using a remote user workstation see Log Into the HAFM in the hp StorageWorks edge switch 2 32 product manager user guide Managed products including switches display as icons in the window and a set of view tabs display at the top of the window A status bar displays below the view area of the screen edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 21 General Information Figures containing HAFM and Product Manager screens in this manual are included for illustration purposed only These illustrations may not match exactly what you see through your server or workstation Title bars have been removed from the illustrations and fields in the illustrations may contain different data than the screens displayed on your system NOTE Icons shown in the Product View will vary based on what is installed in the particular fabric being represented The HAFM application is independent
72. from the switch or other products managed by the HAFM server Service personnel can perform the following maintenance and diagnostic functions e Display the operational status for each managed product e Display logs that provide service and diagnostic related information e Open a Product Manager application to monitor or fault isolate a specific switch e Select the Products tab to view the Hardware List View Node List View Port List View Performance View and FRU List View and to configure and diagnose hardware problems e Select the Fabrics tab to monitor or fault isolate multi switch fabric problems Product View Configure Logs Maintenance Help Gl il E Product Name X ils FIR 8 3 a Products Fabrics localhost 10 1 3 10 144 49 29 51 Figure 1 10 Product View 1 22 edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information HAFM Status Symbols A status bar at the bottom of the Product View displays a colored symbol that indicates the worst case status of any managed product in the Product View that fabrics are persisted in the Fabrics View double click the Fabrics tab and the status of the HAFM server Table 1 1 illustrates and explains the meaning of the status symbols If a switch is degraded but all other managed products are fully operational a yellow triangle displays in the status bar and adjacent to the icon representing the degraded switch The remaining icons have a green circle adjacent to them
73. has been recognized by the incident node The condition affects the attached link in such a way that it may cause a link incident to be recognized by the attached node Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is per formed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution HAFM HAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail n Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Event Code 582 Bit error threshold exceeded Explanation The number of code violation errors recognized by the incident node has exceeded a threshold see FC PH clause 5 1 B 48 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is per formed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and re
74. incompatible zone sets When forming a multi switch fabric by connecting switches with active zone sets zone names within the active zone sets should not be duplicated Names can be duplicated only if the member WWNs of each zone are 3 18 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information identical If two switches have a zone name conflict duplicate zone names exist the zone sets cannot merge the connecting E_Port at each switch segments to prevent the creation of an ISL and the switches do not form a multi switch fabric For a description of how to expand or collapse the active zone set list and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the Zoning View refer to the hp Storage Works High Availability Fabric Manager user guide Performing Port Diagnostics Port diagnostics are performed at the switch and Product Manager application These diagnostics include Inspecting port light emitting diodes LEDs at the switch Obtaining port degradation or failure information at the Product Manager application s Hardware View Obtaining statistical performance information for ports at the Product Manager application s Performance View Performing internal or external port loopback tests Performing channel wrap tests The tests apply only to a switch configured for S 390 operating mode Port LEDs To obtain port operational information at the switch inspect the port LEDs Amber and green LEDs adjacent to each port
75. interface for managing and monitoring HAFM products When a product instance is opened from the HAFM application Product View or Fabric Manager Topology View the corresponding HAFM Product Manager application is invoked product name User configurable identifier assigned to a managed product Typically this name is stored on the product itself A director or switch product name can also be accessed by a simple network management protocol SNMP manager as the system name Product View The top level display in the HAFM software user interface that displays icons of managed products prohibited port connection In a director or switch in S 390 operating mode an attribute that removes dynamic connectivity capability proprietary Privately owned and controlled In the computer industry proprietary is the opposite of open A proprietary design or technique is one that is owned by a company It also implies that the company has not divulged specifications that would allow other companies to duplicate the product Increasingly proprietary architectures are seen as a disadvantage Consumers prefer open and standardized architectures which allow them to mix and match products from different manufacturers protective plug In a fiber optic environment a type of duplex connector or cover that provides physical protection D Contrast with loopback plug protocol 1 Set of semantic and syntactic rules that determines the behavior of funct
76. least one remote network address You must download the HAFM client via the web install Zones configured with port numbers are ignored in Open Fabric Mode Zones must be defined before creating a zone set Zoning by port number 1s ignored in Open Fabric Mode Configured user rights do not allow this operation to be performed A simple mail transfer protocol SMTP server address must be defined and configured for e mail to be activated At least one e mail address must be defined and configured for e mail to be activated At least one IP address for a remote workstation must be configured for a remote session to be activated An attempt was made to download the HAFM application to a remote workstation client using an improper procedure While in Open Fabric mode zones configured using port numbers are enforced through world wide names You cannot create a zone set without any zones defined for HAFM While in Open Fabric mode zones configured using port numbers are enforced through world wide names Verify user rights with the customer s network administrator and change as required Define the SMTP server address at the Configure E Mail dialog box Define an e mail address at the Configure E Mail dialog box Define an IP address for at least one remote workstation at the Session Options dialog box Download a compatible version of the HAFM application to the remote
77. network into subnets is useful for both security and performance reasons IP networks are divided using a subnet mask subnet mask A mask used by a computer to determine whether another computer with which it needs to communicate is located on a local or remote network The network mask depends upon the class of networks to which the computer is connecting The mask indicates which digits to look at in a longer network address and allows the router to avoid handling the entire address Subnet masking allows routers to move the packets more quickly Typically a subnet may represent all the machines at one geographic location in one building or on the same local area network switch A device that connects filters and forwards packets between local area network LAN segments or storage area network SAN nodes or devices switchover Changing a backup field replaceable unit FRU to the active state and the active FRU to the backup state switch priority Value configured into each switch in a fabric that determines its relative likelihood of becoming the fabric s principal switch Lower values indicate higher likelihood of becoming the principal switch A value of 1 indicates the highest priority 225 is the lowest priority A value of 225 indicates that the switch is not capable of acting as the principal switch The value 0 is illegal edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 47 Glossary System Automation for Operating System 390
78. node port N_Port to retransmission of that data at the switch s outgoing F_Port to the destination N_Port The amount of time it takes for data transmission to pass through a switching device LCD Liquid crystal display LED See light emitting diode light emitting diode LED A semiconductor chip that emits visible or infrared light when electricity passes through it LEDs are used on switch or director field replaceable units FRUs and the front bezel to provide visual indications of hardware status or malfunctions LIN See link incident link Physical connection between two devices on a switched fabric A link consists of two conductors one used for sending and the other for receiving thereby providing a duplex communication path link incident LIN Interruption to link due to loss of light or other causes See also link incident alerts Glossary 30 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary link incident alerts A user notification such as a graphic symbol in the Product Manager application Hardware View that indicates that a link incident has occurred See also link incident Link Incident Log Director or switch Link Incident Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a history of Fibre Channel link incidents with associated port numbers for an individual director or switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems particularly expansion port
79. node ports N_Ports to register information about themselves This information allows N_Ports to discover and learn about each other by sending queries to the name server Glossary 34 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary name server zoning Node port N_Port access management that allows N_Ports to communicate if and only if they belong to a common name server zone NAS See network attached storage navigation panel The left side of the Embedded Web Server interface window Click words in this panel to display menu options See also main panel network An arrangement of hardware software nodes and connecting branches that comprises a data communication system The International Organization for Standardization ISO seven layer specification partitions a computer network into independent modules from the lowest physical layer to the highest application layer D network address Name or address that identifies a device on a transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP network The network address can be either an IP address in dotted decimal notation composed of four three digit octets in the format XXX XXX XXX XXX or a domain name as administered on a customer network network attached storage NAS Storage connected directly to the network through a processor and its own operating system Lacks the processor power to run centralized shared applications network interface card NIC An expansion boar
80. notebook platform Current platforms may ship with more enhanced hardware such as a faster processor additional random access memory RAM or a higher capacity hard drive or removable disk drive e HP OmniBook 6200 PC with color monitor keyboard keyboard mounted trackpad mouse and U S power cord Intel Pentium III processor with an 800 megahertz MHz or greater clock speed running the Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system e Eighteen gigabyte GB or greater internal hard drive e 160 megabyte MB or greater RAM e Removable DVD CD ROM drive e Removable 100 MB disk Zip drive e 56K internal modem e One internal 10 100 Mbps Ethernet adapter with RJ 45 connector provides public LAN interface to switches and remote clients Ethernet Hub The HAFM server and managed switches connect through a rack mounted 10 100 Base T Ethernet hub Figure 1 5 illustrates the optional 12 port hub 1 12 edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information lalalala Ma on E Figure 1 5 12 Port Ethernet Hub Embedded Web Server Interface Administrators or operators with a browser capable PC and an Internet connection can monitor and manage the switch through an Embedded Web Server interface The application provides a graphical user interface GUI similar to the Product Manager application and supports switch configuration statistics monitoring and basic operation Main
81. of main storage locations 2 Addressable space that is apparent to the user as processor storage space from which the instructions and the data are mapped to the processor storage locations A D 1 volt A measure of the difference in electrical potential between two points in a conductor equal to one ohm resistance carrying a constant current of one ampere with a power dissipation of one watt D See volts alternating current volts direct current volts alternating current VAC A term for classifying the system in which volts exist VAC means that the volts exist in a circuit where the electricity can travel in either direction Contrast with volts direct current See volt volts direct current VDC A term for classifying the system in which volts exist VDC means that the electricity has a specific path it must follow Contrast with volts alternating current See volt W warning message A message that indicates a possible error has been detected See also error message watt A unit of power in the International System equal to one joule Newton meter per second D window The main window for the HAFM application or Product Manager applications Each application has a unique window that is divided into separate panels for the title navigation control alerts and the main or Product View The user performs all management and monitoring functions for these Fibre Channel products through the application window workstatio
82. port The hardware verifies the destination port against the zone defined for the source port firmware Embedded program code that resides and runs on for example directors switches and hubs FLASH memory Reusable nonvolatile memory that is organized as segments for writing and as bytes or words for reading FLASH memory is faster than read only memory but slower than random access memory D FLOGI See fabric login command F_Port See fabric port frame A variable length packet of data that is transmitted in frame relay technology FRU See field replaceable unit FTP See file transfer protocol full duplex The capability to transmit in two directions simultaneously edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 23 Glossary G gateway address 1 In transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP a device that connects two systems that use the same or different protocols 2 In TCP IP the address of a router to which a device sends frames destined for addresses not on the same physical network for example not on the same Ethernet as the sender The hexadecimal format for the gateway address is Gb See gigabit GB See gigabyte Gbps Acronym for gigabits per second generic port G_Port Physical interface on a director or switch that can function either as a fabric port F_Port or an expansion port E_Port depending on the port type to which it connects See also bridge port expansion p
83. receiving DC power Indications include e Green LEDs illuminated on one or both power supplies e PWR and ERR LEDS extinguished at the switch front panel edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics e All green and amber port LEDs extinguished Does the switch appear powered off while the power supplies appear operational one or both power supply LEDs illuminated NO YES 4 Go to step 19 18 Both power supplies failed and must be removed and replaced RRP Power Supply on page 4 4 Perform the data collection procedure after FRU removal and replacement Did replacement of both power supplies solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support 19 One or both power supplies appear operational but the CTP is not receiving DC power An in card circuit breaker may have tripped due to a power surge or the CTP failed Reset the switch Reset the Switch on page 3 36 Did a switch reset solve the problem NO YES 4 The switch appears operational A CTP failure is indicated Because the CTP card is not a FRU CTP failure requires replacing the switch 20 Does the Embedded Web Server interface appear operational NO YES y Go to step 22 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 31 Diagnostics 21 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message displays The message indicates the web browser PC cannot communicate w
84. recurrent link incident The recurring link incident indicates port degradation and a possible pending failure Go to step 11 32 An implicit incident error event code 581 loss of signal or loss of synchronization event code 583 not operational primitive sequence NOS received event code 584 or SBAR failure event code 604 caused the switch to fault Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP for analysis edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 77 Diagnostics 33 The switch primitive sequence timed out event code 585 or an invalid primitive sequence was received for link state event code 586 Either error causes the switch to automatically reinitialize the fabric Attached devices may momentarily logout login and resume operation If the problem persists an attached device may be marginally operating and causing the error condition Inform the customer of the problem 34 A port was bypassed because a bit error threshold was exceeded event code 582 lf the problem persists the attached device may be marginally operating and causing the error condition Inform the customer of the problem 35 Does the Embedded Web Server interface appear operational YES NO y Analysis for an Ethernet link AC power distribution or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 36 Inspect port
85. save SNMP configuration Cannot set all ports to 1 Gb sec due to port speed restriction on some ports Cannot set all ports to 2Gb sec due to port speed restriction on some ports Cannot set all ports to Negotiate due to port speed restriction on some ports Cannot set director date and time Cannot set director state edge switch 2 32 service manual The port configuration cannot be saved at the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy The switch or director SNMP configuration cannot be saved at the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Displays if you try to set ports to operate at 1 Gb sec data speed through the Configure Ports dialog box and some ports do not support speed configuration Displays if you try to set ports to operate at 2 Gb sec data speed through the Configure Ports dialog box and some ports do not support speed configuration Displays if you try to set all ports to Negotiate through the Configure Ports dialog box and some ports do not support speed configuration The switch or director date and time cannot be set at the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy The switch or director state cannot be set at the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry
86. server and communicating with the switch Notify the customer and either e Power off the HAFM server running the second instance of the application or e Configure the HAFM server running the second instance of the application as a client workstation Does the customer want the second HAFM server configured as a client YES NO 4 Power off the HAFM server reporting the Duplicate Session communication problem 19 Determine the internet protocol IP address of the HAFM server running the first instance of the HAFM application a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b At the Windows Workstation menu select Settings From the menu that displays select Control Panel The Control Panel window displays c At the Control Panel window double click the Network icon The Network dialog box displays with the Identification page open d Click the Protocols tab The Protocols page opens e Select highlight TCP IP Protocol from the list box and click Properties The Microsoft TCP IP Properties dialog box displays with the IP Address page open as shown in the following figure f Record the IP address then click OK to close the dialog box g At the Network dialog box click OK to close the dialog box edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 47 Diagnostics 2 48 h Close the Control Panel window IF Address DNS WINS Address Routing An F address can be automatically assigned to thi
87. service manual General Information The message area briefly displays messages during HAFM application startup to indicate the progress of startup activities Table 1 3 HAFM Services Status Symbols Alert Symbol The status indicator is blank during HAFM application initialization Green circle may All events are viewed acknowledged with appropriate action taken Yellow One or more nonfatal events have not been triangle viewed Red diamond A fatal error occurred with yellow background Embedded Web Server Diagnostics If the HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM server access is not available the Embedded Web Server interface provides a GUI accessed through the Internet locally or remotely to manage monitor and isolate problems for a single switch This interface is available with switch firmware Version 1 2 or later installed and does not replace nor offer the full management capability of the HAFM and switch Product Manager applications The Embedded Web Server interface can be opened from a standard web browser running Netscape Navigator 4 6 or higher or Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 or higher At the browser enter the IP address of the switch as the Internet uniform resource locator URL When prompted at a login screen enter a user name and password When the interface opens the default display is the View panel Service personnel can perform the monitoring configuration
88. service manual 1 15 General Information Although this dual Ethernet connection is supported by HP it is not OV SNM compatible requires installation of an additional PCMCIA LAN adapter card not supplied by HP and is not the recommended configuration for a typical new HP installation at a customer site Refer to the hp StorageWorks SAN high availability planning guide for additional information about network configurations configuration Installation of switches and the HAFM server on a public customer CAUTION Prior to servicing a switch or HAFM server determine the Ethernet LAN intranet can complicate problem determination and fault isolation Minimum Remote Console Hardware Specifications Client HAFM and Product Manager applications download and install to remote workstations from the HAFM server using a standard web browser The applications operate on platforms that meet the following minimum system requirements Desktop or notebook PC with color monitor keyboard and mouse using an Intel Pentium processor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed and using the Microsoft Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Linux 2 2 operating system UNIX workstation with color monitor keyboard and mouse using a Hewlett Packard HA PA RISC processor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed using the HP UX 11 or higher operating system Sun Microsystems UltraSPARC M IT processor with a 400 M
89. switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Ye eE fe le fe A Y Event Code 806 Message Critically hot temperature warning SBAR module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the SBAR module has detected that the hot tem perature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a sys tem power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event COM Ce EAU CUA Event Code 811 Message Critically hot temperature warning CTP card thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with a CTP card indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Replace the failed switch Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and faulty switch to HP support personnel edge switch 2 32 service manual B 63 Event Codes Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution HAEM Server Host witch EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Ho
90. switch 2 32 service manual This operation cannot take place while the switch is offline The current SNMP configuration cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Switch or director diagnostic results cannot be retrieved by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy The switch or director date and time cannot be retrieved by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Configure the switch offline through the Set Online State dialog box then retry the operation Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support A 21 Message Description aon Cannot retrieve director state Cannot retrieve information for port Cannot retrieve port configuration Cannot retrieve port information Cannot retrieve port statistics Cannot run diagnostics ona port that is failed Cannot run diagnostics ona port that is not installed Cannot run diagnostics while a device is logged in to the port The switch or director state cannot be retrieved by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Information for the port cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy The port co
91. technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein The information is provided as is without warranty of any kind and is subject to change without notice The warranties for Hewlett Packard Company products are set forth in the express limited warranty statements accompanying such products Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty Printed in the U S A hp StorageWorks edge switch 2 32 service manual Second Edition January 2003 Part Number AA RS2GB TE Contents Contents About This Manual Intended AUCTION Lai A A A AA iS Xl Related Documenta secs vs as Saeed ae ee oe xi Document Conventions cierras a A Ad xii SYDOST AA aa e eds ea Sa aa aO xili Symbols on Equipment xili Rack e e A AE EEEO E EEA ET TE E E ree E X1V GSU VC taxa eto aerate eae Bada nae eens oka eae eked aint ake a as XV HP Lechnica Suppo C anida o ode ees ina XV HP W eses mass cas et Seka Shans Ge BoE GRO HS de ip XV HP Authorized Resellers 3464 hoc 3B Si bok SRS RS ERS ee Bees XV General Information S Witch DeserpnOns veritas 4 05550 440t tot ee eats Beker dk Ret dE 1 2 Switch Management iia A dd E a dd Lai 1 3 Error Detection Reporting and Serviceability Features 1 5 A we apse Oe Ee Boe oe eaten ate 1 7 Multiswitch Rabi ari A iia 1 8 SWICK SPeCihiCallOns cesante e a Re io eS 1 9 Physical Characteristics osas ode Sawa ee Bee eRe Be 1 9 HAFVE Server Descrip dad add Gillen oat Ga
92. the Fabric Membership List This user name has already been assigned This Worldwide Name was not accepted The World Wide Name and Domain ID must be unique in the Fabric Membership List Too many members defined edge switch 2 32 service manual The product selected is not managed by this HAFM server User attempted to remove a switch from the Fabric Membership List using the Fabric Binding option but the switch is still part of the fabric The specified user name is already assigned and configured User attempted to add a detached switch to the Fabric Membership List through the Fabric Binding option SANtegrity feature but an entry already exists in the Fabric Membership List with the same World Wide Name WWN The maximum number of zone members that can be defined was reached Select a product managed by this HAFM server or go to the HAFM server that manages the affected product Remove the switch from the fabric by setting the switch offline or blocking the E Port where the switch is connected Modify to make it unique or delete the duplicate name Enter a unique World Wide Name for the switch in the Add Detached Switch dialog box Delete an existing zone member before adding a new zone member Messages You do not have rights to perform this action You must define an SMTP server address You must define at least one E mail address You must define at
93. the actual port use the port is configured as an F_Port but attaches to a Switch or director e 10 Port binding violation unauthorized WWN The WWN entered to configure port binding is not valid or a nickname was used that is not configured through the Product Manager for the attached device e 11 Unresponsive node connected to port Possible causes are Hardware problem on switch or on a connected node where ELP frames are not delivered the response is not received or a fabric login in FLOGI cannot be received There may be problems in switch SBAR Faulty or dirty cable connection Faulty host bus adapters that do not send out FLOGI within reasonable time frame e Threshold Alert If a threshold alert exists for the port an alert indicator yellow triangle will display by the Threshold Alert field and the configured name for the last alert received will display in the field Performance View The Performance View Figure 3 13 displays statistical information about the performance of the ports The information is useful for isolating port problems To open the Performance View from the Hardware View select Performance from the View menu on the navigation control panel edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 23 Repair Information 3 24 ANANANAN HeH Figure 3 13 Performance View When the Performance View opens no port statistics or errors display The message Click on gauge above to display stati
94. the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Replace ports that do not support speed configuration with those that do support more than one speed configuration Replace ports that do not support speed configuration with those that do support more than one speed configuration Replace ports that do not support speed configuration with those that do support more than one speed configuration Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support A 23 Messages Cannot set fibre channel parameters Cannot start data collection Cannot start port diagnostics CLICK OK to remove all contents from log Connection to HAFM Server lost Connection to HAFM server lost Click OK to exit application Could not export log to file Description Fibre Channel parameters for the switch or director cannot be set at the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy The data collection procedure cannot be started by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Port diagnostics cannot be started at the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy This action deletes all contents from the selected log The connection to the remote HAFM server h
95. the switch the port highlights with a blue border and an pop up displays Switch Port 5 At the navigation control panel select Port Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu The Port Diagnostics dialog box displays Figure 3 14 6 Select a port for test To select a port for test type the port number 0 through 31 in the Port Number field 7 At the Diagnostics Test list box select Internal Loopback edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Device applications should be terminated before starting diagnostics Press NEXT to continue Figure 3 14 Port Diagnostics Dialog Box 8 Click Next Beaconing initiates for the port selected for test At the Hardware View a yellow triangle displays at the top of the port At the Port Diagnostics dialog box the message Verify selected ports are beaconing displays 9 Verify beaconing is enabled then click Next The message Press START Test to begin diagnostics displays and the Next button changes to a Start Test button 10 Click Start Test The test begins and The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button The message Port xx Test running displays where xx is the port number A red progress bar indicating percent completion travels from left to right across the Completion Status field As a port is tested the amber LED flashes beacons and the green LED extinguishes indicating the port is blocked NOTE Click Stop Test at any time
96. the switch or director Duplicate community names are entered at the Configure SNMP dialog box and have different write authorizations User attempted to disable these parameters in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box while the switch was online but Enterprise Fabric Mode SANtegrity feature is enabled An error occurred at the Product Manager application while retrieving port information because the Ethernet link is down or busy An error occurred at the Product Manager application while retrieving port statistics because the Ethernet link is down or busy An error occurred at the Product Manager application while attempting to stop port diagnostics from running because the Ethernet link is down or busy Messages Click OK to IPL the switch or director or No to cancel the operation Delete the duplicate community name or make the write authorizations consistent Click Yes if you want to continue and disable Enterprise Fabric Mode Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support A 27 Messages Error transferring files lt message gt Field cannot be blank File transfer aborted File transfer is in progress Firmware download timed
97. this field the field entry Cannot modify a A zone must have a valid name to Assign a valid name zone with an be modified to the zone then click invalid name Modify Rename zone and try again Cannot modify a A zone set must have a valid Assign a valid name zone set with an name to be modified to the zone set then invalid name click Modify Rename zone set and try again A 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual Cannot modify product Cannot perform operation Fabric is unknown Cannot perform operation The list of attached nodes is unavailable Cannot retrieve current SNMP configuration Cannot save current SNMP configuration edge switch 2 32 service manual Description The selected product cannot be modified This message displays if no switches in the fabric are connected to the HAFM server This message displays when attached nodes are unavailable and the user attempts to modify a zone or create a new zone The current SNMP configuration could not be retrieved The current SNMP configuration could not be saved Messages Verify the HAFM server to product link iS Up e Ifthelinkis up the HAFM server may be busy Another Product Manager instance may be open The user may not have permission to modify the product Ensure at least one fabric attached switch or director has an Ethernet connection to the HAFM server and retry the operation Verify an attac
98. this nickname Are you sure you want to delete this product Are you sure you want to delete this user Are you sure you want to delete this zone Are you sure you want to delete this zone set Are you sure you want to overwrite this zone set Are you sure you want to remove all members from this zone Description Only one instance of the HAFM application is allowed to be open per remote workstation The currently selected network address will be deleted The selected nickname will be deleted from the list of nickname definitions The selected product will be deleted from the list of product definitions The selected user will be deleted from the list of user definitions The selected zone will be deleted from the zone library The selected zone set will be deleted from the zone library The selected zone set will be overwritten in the zoning library All members will be deleted from the selected zone edge switch 2 32 service manual Close all but one of the HAFM application sessions Click Yes to delete or No to cancel Click Yes to delete the nickname or No to cancel the operation Click Yes to delete the product or No to cancel the operation Click Yes to delete the user or No to cancel the operation Click Yes to delete the zone or No to cancel the operation Click Yes to delete the zone set or No to cancel the operation Click Yes to overwrite or No to
99. to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 48 Repeat step 44 through step 47 for each remaining port Is a link incident or port problem indicated for any of the ports NO YES y A link incident problem or port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 51 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 49 Inspect the power supply operational states a At the View panel click the Component Properties tab The View panel Component Properties tab displays b Inspect the State fields for both power supplies edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 23 Diagnostics 2 24 Refresh 3 8 02 at 14 47 FRU Position Status Part Number Serial Number cT o Active 123456 123456 Power o Acdiw Power Mo factie View Configure Fan Pp active Fan Active Fan Po Atle Fan Bo jAdiw Monitor Operations Help Does the State field display a Failed message for either power supply NO YES A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 51 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 50 Inspect the State fields for Fan 0 and Fan 1 through Fan 3 fans Does the State field display a Failed or Not Installed message for any of the fans YES NO The switch appears operational A fan failure is indicated Continue to the
100. yellow triangle or red diamond with yellow background that indicate port status Refer to Table 1 1 on page 1 23 for an explanation of alert symbol indications Figure 3 11 Hardware View Click the port connector leftmost port to open the Port Properties dialog box Figure 3 12 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Direct access storage EMC 20 07 00 60 48 00 00 00 EMC 20 07 00 60 46 00 01 00 2012345578 Figure 3 12 Port Properties Dialog Box The dialog box provides the following information Port Number the switch port number 0 through 31 Port Name the user defined name or description for the port Type the type of port G_Port if nothing is attached to the port F_Port if a device is attached to the port and E_Port if the port is connected to another switch as part of an ISL Fibre Channel Address the Fibre Channel address identifier for the port Port WWN the Fibre Channel WWN for the port If a nickname is not assigned to the WWN the WWN is prefixed by the device manufacturer s name If a nickname is assigned to the WWN the nickname displays in place of the WWN Attached Port WWN the Fibre Channel WWN for the device attached to the port Block Configuration a user configured state for the port Blocked or Unblocked 10 100 km Configuration a user specified state for the port On or Off configured through the Configure Ports dialog b
101. zones message only no action is required No zone set A zoning operation was attempted Selecta zone set and selected without a zone set selected try the operation again A 12 edge switch 2 32 service manual Messages Message Description Action No zone set selected or zone set no longer exists Only attached nodes can be displayed in this mode Password and confirmation don t match Product manager instance is currently open Remote session support has been disabled Remote sessions are not allowed from this network address Resource is unavailable edge switch 2 32 service manual A zoning operation was attempted without a zone set selected or the zone set you selected no longer exists in the fabric Users cannot display unused ports when adding ports by world wide name Entries in the password field and confirmation password field do not match The entries are case sensitive and must be the same A product cannot be deleted while an instance of the Product Manager application is open The connection between the specified remote workstation and the HAFM server was disallowed Only IP addresses of remote workstations specified at the Session Options dialog box are allowed to connect to the HAFM server The specified operation cannot be performed because the product is unavailable Select a zone set and try the operation again Change the add criteria to
102. 00 301 302 303 Third cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 Fourth cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Diagnostics Table 2 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action Continued Event Code Explanation 304 Fifth cooling fan failed does not apply Go to MAP to Edge Switch 32 0500 Sixth cooling fan failed does not Go to MAP apply to Edge Switch 32 0500 First cooling fan in fan FRU assembly Go to MAP failed 0500 does not apply to Edge Switch 32 Second cooling fan in fan FRU Go to MAP assembly failed 0500 does not apply to Edge Switch 32 First cooling fan recovered No action required Second cooling fan recovered No action required Third cooling fan recovered No action required Fourth cooling fan recovered No action required 314 Fifth cooling fan recovered does not No action apply to Edge Switch 32 required 3 Sixth cooling fan recovered does not No action apply to Edge Switch 32 required 3 First cooling fan in fan FRU assembly No action recovered required does not apply to Edge Switch 32 Second cooling fan in fan FRU No action assembly recovered required does not apply to Edge Switch 32 4 Power up diagnostic failure Go to MAP 0200 410 CTP reset No action required 2 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual 305 306 307 310 311 312 313 15 16 17 00 Table 2 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action Continued Event Code
103. 02 9 43 am 453 Informational 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 03 08 02 9 43 am 410 Informational 04 8000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 03 08 02 9 43 am 453 Informational ooo 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 03 08 02 9 41 am 410 Informational 44 En 0000 DADC A728 EO 8000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 DODO 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Informational 04 4000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Monitor Operations Informational 03 07 02 6 00 pm 410 Informational 44 03 07 02 5 56 pm 411 Major C000 0000 DADC 4728 EO 03 07 02 5 56 pm 410 Informational 04 C000 0000 OADC A728 EO 03 07 02 5 55 pm 410 Informational 04 Were one or more event codes found YES NO y Return to the MAP step that sent you here Go to Table 2 3 on page 2 2 52 The link incident record provides the attached switch port number s and one or more of the following event codes and messages Record all event codes that may relate to the reported problem 581 Link interface incident implicit incident edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 25 Diagnostics 582 Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded 583 Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization 584 Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received 585 Link failure primitive sequence timeout 586 Link failure invalid primitive sequence received
104. 05 Address Ox3bd3c 74d Cancel NO YES 4 A Windows operating system or HAFM application error occurred Click Cancel to close the dialog box and HAFM application Go to step 3 14 Did the HAFM server crash and display a blue screen with the system dump file in hexadecimal format blue screen of death YES NO 4 The HAFM server appears operational 15 Attempt to clear the problem by power cycling the HAFM server PC a Power off the PC b Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC After POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays c Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click OK The HAFM application starts and the HAFM Login dialog box displays edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics d Atthe HAFM Login dialog box type a user name password and HAFM server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays 22 HAFM Login 4 10 x hp StorageWorks ha fabric manager Did the Product View display and does the HAFM application appear operational NO YES y The problem is transient and the HAFM server appears operational Contact the next level of support MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication This MAP describes fault isolation of the Ethernet communication link between a swi
105. 21 051 052 061 062 070 071 or 072 observed at the switch Event Log HAFM server or at the Embedded Web Server event log YES NO y Go to step 3 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 79 Diagnostics 2 80 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Explanation Login server database invalid Go to step 7 Name server database invalid Go to step 7 Management server database invalid Go to step 7 Management server internal error Go to step 7 Fabric controller database invalid Go to step 7 Maximum interswitch hop count Go to step 8 exceeded E_Port is segmented Go to step 9 Switch is isolated Go to step 9 E_ Port connected to an unsupported Go to step 10 switch 3 Is fault isolation being performed at the HAFM server YES NO y Fault isolation is being performed through the Embedded Web Server interface Go to step 17 4 Does a yellow triangle attention indicator overlay the port graphic at the Hardware View YES NO 4 The problem is transient and the switch to fabric device connection appears operational 5 Inspect the port state and LED status for the port edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics a Atthe Hardware View click the port graphic The Port Properties dialog box displays b Inspect the Operational State field Direct access storage Eenc 20 07 00 60 48 00 00 00 En
106. 32 service manual 3 29 Repair Information Notify the customer that a disruptive channel wrap test will be performed on a host attached port At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays Select click the icon representing the switch for which the channel wrap test will be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays At the Hardware View verify the location of the port to be tested Click the port to be tested The Port View displays Right click the port to be tested then select Channel Wrap from the pop up menu The Channel Wrap On for Port n where n is the port number dialog box displays Figure 3 15 E PA Figure 3 15 Channel Wrap On for Port n Dialog Box 6 Click OK to enable channel wrapping for the port Swapping Ports 3 30 Use the port swap procedure to swap a device connection and logical port address from a failed Fibre Channel port to an operational port Because both ports are blocked during the procedure switch communication with the attached device is momentarily disrupted To perform the port swap procedure for a pair of switch ports S 390 mode only l Notify the customer a port swap procedure will be performed and a fiber optic cable or cables will be disconnected Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the ports and sets attached devices offline At the HAFM server open the HAFM applicatio
107. 4 User port internal parity error Buffer error User port detected unexpected frame transmission User port internal frame error invalid trailer User port detected frame internal integrity error Internal connection time out User port detected elastic store error User port detected trailer parity error User port detected internal frame error long frame Port detected SBAR response error User port detected clock error Port module internal address bus error User module internal data bus error User Port detected invalid address Embedded port detected frame integrity error Embedded port detected frame error non parity Embedded port detected frame error parity Embedded port detected invalid SBAR response Embedded port detected receive frame parity error Embedded port detected connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts
108. 4A OxFF Explanation Event Data Distribution User egress port detected frame transmis sion error User ingress port detected internal time out Reserved User egress port detected frame internal integrity error User egress port detected internal proto col error User port detected internal frame length error User port detected internal buffer error User port detected internal queue protocol error Event Code 510 Informational No action required Byte 0 port number 00 through 63 Bytes 4 through 7 elapsed millisecond tick count a Event Log HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 SFP optical transceiver hot insertion initiated Installation of a small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver was initiated with the switch powered on and operational The event indicates that operational firmware detected the presence of the transceiver Call Home Sense Link Info i Incident AA OS B 46 Event Code 512 Minor SFP optical transceiver nonfatal error edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Explanation Switch firmware detected an SFP optical transceiver non fatal error Replace the failed transceiver with a f
109. A Lraco a9 BEA ni 2 A awl vel FEA Ini Ant Aan 1 o EEA Jn unt pOor E eE EEA Jii Zul B p ur 2 Coa Init Tort Ac an dd Figure 1 18 Fabrics View Zone Sets Tab HAFM Services Application 1 38 The HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM Services application provides both a central control point and server side functionality in a client server environment for all HP managed products The application runs as a Windows 2000 service and starts automatically when the HAFM server is powered on The user interface consists of the HAFM Services window Figure 1 19 which provides HAFM application status and diagnostic information The HAFM Services window consists of edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information e Anevent table that displays HAFM Services events that occurred since the HAFM application was started e A status line at the bottom of the panel that provides a status indicator and message area HAFM Services M7299 1 59PM HAFM Services 35 SNMP Agent configuration file Figure 1 19 HAFM Services Window Event Table The event table displays the last ten events that occurred since the HAFM application was started Events that occurred during a prior instance of the application do not display If a new event occurs while ten events display the oldest event is discarded A deeper event history is maintained in the form of a log file viewed through the HAFM applicati
110. AAA O E A 1 28 Stats Da or ad NN 1 34 Lopoloo Lab tras dd tad 1 37 as A Leos eee a oe Se eee 1 38 HAFM Services Application 0 0 eens 1 38 Event Tables is ee tae Gnas a 1 39 A ER 1 40 Embedded Web Server Diagnostics 0 0 0 ccc cee ees 1 41 SNMP Trap Message SUDPOlt s 0054443046644 ordered 1 42 E Mailand Call Home SUppOrts 2 5 4 05 4 Bah 6094 Sad As 1 43 Toolssand Fest Egip zeessen krea ka o eh aes 1 43 Tools Supplied with the SWitCh oooooooooooooonoroo ooo 1 44 Tools Supplied by Service Personnel 0 0 c cee eee 1 45 Diagnostics Maintenance Analysis Procedures ob nate mene tow deer A Ae eae ee haat 2 1 Factory Del cw eaves cent oda bee DA I Renee une eee 2 1 I hy 2 E ur tdo ts dio platea 2 1 iv edge switch 2 32 service manual IVP OOOO Taro MA Pain steel con vitro orca gulls site lore ula aie dad dodo 2 7 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis o ooooooooooooooommmo ooo 2 26 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis ooooooooo 2 32 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 2 33 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 0 0 0 0 cc cee eee eee 2 39 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Failure Analysis ooooooooooooommmoo ooo 2 58 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident AnalySIS ooooooo o 2 63 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 2 79 MAP 0800 Console
111. Add by Port Enter the password and confirmation password again Close the Product Manager application then delete the product Consult with the customer s network administrator to determine if the workstation entry should be modified at the Session Options dialog box Consult with the customer s network administrator to determine if the IP address is to be configured for remote sessions Verify the HAFM server to product link is up If the link is up the HAFM server may be busy Try the operation again later Messages A 14 Selection is not a World Wide Name Server shutting down SNMP trap address not defined The Administrator user Cannot be deleted The Domain ID was not accepted The World Wide Name and Domain ID must be unique in the Fabric Membership List The link to the director is not avallable The maximum number of members has already been configured The maximum number of open products has already been reached The selection made is not a world wide name The HAFM application is closing and terminating communication with the attached product If an SNMP community name is defined a corresponding SNMP trap recipient address must also be defined The administrator user is permanent and cannot be deleted from the Configure Users dialog box User attempted to add a detached switch to the Fabric Membership List through the Fabric Binding optio
112. C CRC_error_cnt Frame not processed Bytes 12 through 15 frame count received with less than 64 bytes runt_cnt Broad cast frames count but do not contribute to threshold Frame not processed Bytes 16 through 19 frame count received with more than 1518 bytes extra_data_cnt Broadcast frames count but do not contribute to threshold Frame not processed EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log CI ee e E EEE Event Code 432 Message Ethernet adapter reset Severity Minor Explanation The CTP card Ethernet adapter was reset in response to an internally detected error A card failure is not indicated The switch to HAFM server connection terminates but automatically recovers after the reset Action Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel Event Data Bytes 0 through 3 reason for adapter reset least significant byte first reset_error_type 1 completion notification for timed out frame transmission Event E Mail Call Sense Link fer me ie rte A A O OS Event Code 433 Message Non recoverable Ethernet fault Severity edge switch 2 32 service manual B 25 Event Codes Explanation A non recoverable error was detected on the CTP card Ethernet adapter and the LAN connection to the HAFM server terminated All Fibre Channel switching functions remain unaffected Because Ethernet communication is lost no failure indication is extern
113. Channel physical and signaling interface feature key A unique key to enable additional product features This key is entered into the Configure Feature Key dialog box in the Product Manager application to activate optional hardware and software features Upon purchasing a new feature HP will provide the feature key to the customer Glossary 20 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary fiber The fiber optic cable made from thin strands of glass through which data in the form of light pulses is transmitted It is used for high speed transmissions over medium 200 m to long 10 km distances fiber optic cable Synonym for optical cable fiber optics The branch of optical technology concerned with the transmission of radiant power through fibers of transparent materials such as glass fused silica or plastic E Telecommunication applications of fiber optics use optical fibers A single fiber or a nonspatially aligned fiber bundle is used for each information channel Such fibers are often called optical fibers to differentiate them from fibers that are used in noncommunication applications D fibre A generic Fibre Channel term used to cover all transmission media types specified in the Fibre Channel Physical Layer FC PH standard such as optical fiber copper twisted pair and copper coaxial cable Fibre Channel FC Integrated set of standards recognized by American National Standards Institute ANSI which defines specific
114. E_Port segmentation problems and repair verification See also audit log Event Log Hardware Log Threshold Alert Log LMA See loader monitor area load balancing Ability to evenly distribute traffic over multiple interswitch links within a fabric Load balancing on HP directors and switches takes place automatically loader monitor area LMA Code that resides in the loader monitor area of the control processor CTP card Among other functions LMA code provides I O functions available through the maintenance port operator panel server interface terminal window command functions power up diagnostics field replaceable unit FRU power on hours update and data read write control and LMA code licensed internal code LIC download functions D local Synonym for channel attached logical partition LPAR A processor hardware subset defined to support the operation of a system control program and can be used without affecting any of the applications in another partition D logical port address In a director or switch the address used to specify port connectivity parameters and to assign link addresses for the attached channels and control units logical switch number LSN A two digit number used by the I O configuration program IOCP to identify a director or switch D logical unit number LUN In Fibre Channel addressing a logical unit number is a number assigned to a storage device which in combination with the stora
115. Explanation 411 Firmware fault occurred Go to MAP 0200 Firmware download complete No action required CTP firmware download initiated No action required Excessive Ethernet transmit errors Go to MAP 0400 Excessive Ethernet receive errors Go to MAP 0400 Ethernet adapter reset Go to MAP 0400 Non recoverable Ethernet fault Go to MAP 0400 Embedded port hardware failure Go to MAP 0600 Port module anomaly detected No action required Port module failure error threshold Go to MAP exceeded 0600 Port module revision not supported No action required Fibre Channel port failure Go to MAP 0600 Loopback diagnostics port failure Go to MAP 0600 Fibre Channel port anomaly detected Go to MAP 0600 SFP hot insertion initiated No action required SFP nonfatal error Go to MAP 0600 edge switch 2 32 service manual 421 423 430 431 432 433 440 502 504 505 506 507 508 510 12 5 Diagnostics Diagnostics Table 2 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action Continued Event Code Explanation 513 SFP hot removal completed No action required SPP failure Go to MAP 0600 Implicit incident Go to MAP 0600 Bit error threshold exceeded Go to MAP 0600 Loss of signal or loss of Go to MAP synchronization 0600 Not operational primitive sequence Go to MAP NOS received 0600 514 581 582 583 584 Primitive sequence timeout Go to MAP 0600 Invalid primitive sequence received for Go
116. FRU list view 1 31 displayed 1 31 FRUs 1 17 fans 1 18 5 2 front accessible 5 1 illustrations 3 1 part numbers 5 1 power supplies 1 19 5 2 rear accessible 3 2 RRPs 4 1 SFP transceivers 1 18 5 1 status LEDs 1 20 G gateway address default 2 1 3 2 H HAFM alert symbols 1 23 audit log 3 3 diagnostic features 1 21 event log 3 3 HAFM application introduction 1 3 messages A 1 HAFM server description 1 11 remote workstation 1 3 edge switch 2 32 service manual specifications 1 12 HAFM services description 1 38 event table 1 39 status line 1 40 hard drive 1 12 hardware log 3 7 Hardware View 1 24 3 20 hardware view 1 28 displayed 1 28 status conditions 1 28 status symbol function 1 28 using 1 28 illustrated parts breakdown 5 1 IML button 1 19 IML procedure 3 35 inactive port 2 67 inband management access methods 1 4 Intel Pentium processor 1 12 internal loopback tests 3 26 IP address default 2 1 3 2 IPL procedure 3 35 L LAN connector 1 20 LEDs fan 1 20 FRU status 1 20 port 3 19 port SFPs 1 20 power supply 1 20 PWR LED 1 20 link incident log 3 9 3 10 local area network See LAN logs audit 3 6 event 3 6 fabric 3 5 edge switch 2 32 service manual Index HAFM audit 3 3 HAFM Event 3 3 hardware 3 7 introduction 1 5 link incident 3 9 3 10 product status 3 5 session 3 4 using information 3 2 loopback tests port external 3 28 port internal 3 26 M maintenance approach
117. Hz or greater clock speed using the SunOS version 5 5 1 or higher operating system or Solaris version 2 5 1 or higher operating system IBM PowerPC microprocessor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed or POWER3 microprocessor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed using the AIX version 4 3 3 or higher operating system At least 24 MB available on the internal hard drive 128 MB or greater RAM Video card supporting 256 colors at 800 x 600 pixel resolution Ethernet network adapter JavaTM enabled Internet browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer version 4 0 or later or Netscape Navigator version 4 0 or later edge switch 2 32 service manual Field Replaceable Units General Information The switch provides a modular design that enables quick removal and replacement of FRUs small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceivers power supplies and fans Figure 1 8 illustrates the front of the switch The switch front panel includes O Initial machine load IML button O Port LEDs O Ethernet LAN connector O Error LED amber O SFP fiber optic connectors Power LED green Figure 1 8 Edge Switch 2 32 front view edge switch 2 32 service manual SHR 2369 General Information O Cooling fan 4 O Power switches on power supplies 2 O Power supply 2 O RS 232 maintenance port Figure 1 9 Edge Switch 2 32 rear v
118. MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for small form factor pluggable SFP transceivers and Fibre Channel link incidents Failure indicators include e The amber LED adjacent to a Fibre Channel port illuminates e The amber emulated LED adjacent to a port graphic at the Hardware View illuminates e A blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator or yellow triangle attention indicator displays at the Product View or Hardware View e Anevent code recorded at the switch Event Log or the Embedded Web Server event log e A port failure message at the Port Properties dialog box or Embedded Web Server interface e A link incident message at the Link Incident Log or Port Properties 1 Was an event code 080 440 504 506 507 508 512 514 or 604 observed at the switch Event Log HAFM server or at the Embedded Web Server event log NO YES y Go to step 3 2 Was an event code 581 582 583 584 585 or 586 observed at the console of an OSI or FICON server attached to the switch reporting the problem YES NO y Go to step 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 63 Diagnostics 3 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Explanation Unauthorized world wide name Go to step 21 Embedded port hardware failure Go to step 11 Port module failure error threshold Go to step
119. Next button changes to a Start Test button 13 Click Start Test The test begins and The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button The message Port xx TEST RUNNING displays where xx is the port number A red progress bar indicating percent completion travels from left to right across the Completion Status field As a port is tested the amber LED flashes beacons and the green LED 1lluminates indicating loopback traffic through the port NOTE Click Stop Test at any time to abort the loopback test 14 When the test completes test results display for each port tested as Port xx Test Passed orPort xx Failed in the message area of the dialog box If a port fails the test the amber LED for the port remains illuminated 15 When finished click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics dialog box and return to the Hardware View Beaconing is disabled for the port 16 Reset each tested port 17 Remove loopback plug s from the tested ports 18 Reconnect fiber optic jumper cables from devices to tested ports Perform Channel Wrap Test A channel wrap test is a diagnostic procedure that checks S 390 host to switch connectivity by returning the output of the host as input The test is host initiated and transmits Fibre Channel frames to a switch port A port enabled for channel wrapping echoes the frame back to the host To perform a channel wrap test for a single port S 390 mode only edge switch 2
120. P network simple network management protocol version 1 SNMP v1 The original standard for SNMP is now referred to as SNMP v1 The Edge Switch 2 16 and the Edge Switch 2 32 use SNMP v1 simple network management protocol version 2 SNMP v2 The second version of the SNMP standard This version expands the functionality of SNMP and broadens its ability to include OSI based as well as TCP IP based networks as specified in RFC 1441 through 1452 singlemode optical fiber An optical fiber that allows one wavelength dependent mode light path to propagate Contrast with multimode optical fiber edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 45 Glossary small computer system interface SCSI An interface standard that enables computers to communicate with peripherals connected to them Commonly used in enterprise computing and in Apple Macintosh systems Usually pronounced as scuzzy The equivalent interface in most personal computers is enhanced integrated drive electronics EIDE A narrow SCSI adapter supports up to eight devices including itself SCSI address 7 has the highest priority followed by 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 with O being the lowest priority small form factor pluggable transceivers SFP transceivers Laser based optical transceivers for a wide range of networking applications requiring high data rates The transceivers which are designed for increased densities performance and reduced power are well suited for Fibre Channe
121. PC Problem Determination o 2 90 Repair Information Factory Details seso e ee E a r E ee E 3 2 Procedural Noles dd A E A O 3 2 Usmo Los Thor iO Ud sd id ek acl Pgs pct 3 2 HEXEM Ad LOS siones ralla bok rs il ire ae ate aio 3 3 FAP VE vencLoS cines et dt ide dro dois 3 3 Seon LOS aa A ESA AS DS eee 3 4 Product Status LOS nutre ds Hewes oS o als 3 5 A O A O od 35 A A A A 3 6 PN WOO gos sae ete re Be tia Ratt Ws ea eg Bers 3 6 Refreshthe Event Loe i 2 205 E Bae ee Cree tok tenes 3 7 Clear the B vent LON sara hu ad cee a eee ee eae ate enn 3 7 Hardware LOO ita eid it hk dk ee bork ww ew co ed oe hk ee te 3 7 ina AAA ardeek ve le ye BBB hc we ere anh eae ae Ore She ai 3 9 Refresh the Link Incident Log 0 0 ccc nee 3 10 Clear the link Micident Loi AS os 3 10 Treshold Alert LOS scence teeta bee ee iO o oS an 3 10 Ds A Grapes Ge neo wie ee Gre es ee ages eee 3 12 EE AA O aie ae eee a ee ed 3 12 PRU ISG View wigs ots costal dos tados ri 3 14 NA A A 3 16 Perlormance View 35 0346 Sten E E EA ie 3 17 ZONE SCE VIEW A E A AAA AAA A REA et 3 17 Pertormins Port Diaenostcs a E a 3 19 E A ues au weet ee eee a ee as ee Reece eae ee 3 19 Hardware VIEW pidio kee eke rd bee dS toh eee oa 3 20 Per OPV CS VIS Wrest scien carapace Hee DIA e a E 3 23 edge switch 2 32 service manual V Pertorm Loopback Tests vias paladar barras leas 3 26 Internal Loopback Testa sheets adorada idas 3 26 External Loopb
122. Port See segmented expansion port ITE Information technology equipment J Java An object oriented programming language derived from C that produces code that 1s platform independent Developed by Sun Microsystems designed for distribution and distributable applications development Java applications require a program called the Java Virtual Machine JVM to execute JVMs have been developed for many of the mainstream platforms and operating systems jumper cable Optical cable that provides physical attachment between two devices or between a device and a distribution panel Contrast with trunk cable See also optical cable K Kb See kilobit KB See kilobyte edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 29 Glossary kilobit Kb A unit of measure for data storage equaling 1 024 bits or two to the tenth power Kilobits are generally approximated as being one thousand bits kilobyte KB A unit of measure for data storage equaling 1 024 bytes or two to the tenth power Kilobytes are generally approximated as being one thousand bytes L laser Laser is an acronym for light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation A device that produces a very powerful narrow beam of coherent light of a single wavelength by simulating the emissions of photons from atoms molecules or ions latency Amount of time elapsed between receipt of a data transmission at a switch s incoming fabric port F_Port from the originating
123. Power Supply on page 4 4 e This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while the switch is powered on e Perform the data collection procedure after FRU removal and replacement Did power supply replacement solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 11 At the Product View is a grey square displayed at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The grey square indicates the HAFM server cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to HAFM server Ethernet link failed e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch s CTP failed Because the CTP card is not a FRU CTP failure requires replacing the switch YES NO 4 The switch appears operational 12 Ensure the power switch is set to the Power On 1 position Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on NO YES 4 Analysis for an Ethernet link or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 13 Verify facility AC power connections a Ensure bo
124. Power off the maintenance terminal p Disconnect the RS 232 modem cable from the switch and the maintenance terminal Replace the protective cap over the maintenance port Was event code 433 reported NO YES y An unrecoverable Ethernet fault CTP failure occurred Because the CTP card is not a FRU CTP failure requires replacing the switch Contact the next level of support MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Failure Analysis 2 58 This MAP describes fault isolation for the CTP which is not a FRU and fan FRUs Failure indicators include e The amber LED on a fan illuminates e The amber emulated LED on a fan graphic at the Hardware View illuminates A blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator displays at the Product View or Hardware View e Anevent code recorded at the switch Event Log or the Embedded Web Server event log e AFailedorNot Installed message associated with a fan at the Embedded Web Server interface edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 1 Was an event code 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 or 604 605 607 or 800 801 802 805 806 807 810 811 812 or 850 observed at the switch Event Log HAFM server or at the Embedded Web Server event log YES NO y Go to step 3 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures 304 Fifth cooling fan failed does not apply Go to step 8 to Edge Sw
125. See also audit log Event Log Link Incident Log Threshold Alert Log HBA See host bus adapter Hertz Hz A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second heterogeneous fabric A fabric containing open fabric compliant products from various vendors Contrast with homogeneous fabric hexadecimal A numbering system with base of sixteen valid numbers use the digits O through 9 and characters A through F where A represents 10 and F represents 15 D high availability A performance feature characterized by hardware component redundancy and concurrent maintenance High availability systems maximize system uptime while providing superior reliability availability and serviceability homogeneous fabric A fabric consisting of only one vendor s products Contrast with heterogeneous fabric edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 25 Glossary hop 1 Data transfer from one node to another node 2 Describes the number of switches that handle a data frame from its origination point through it s destination point hop count The number of hops a unit of information traverses in a fabric host bus adapter HBA Logic card that provides a link between the server and storage subsystem and that integrates the operating systems and I O protocols to ensure interoperability host processor 1 A processor that controls all or part of a user application network T 2 In a network the processing unit in which resides the access m
126. Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log EL ELL ee Event Code 074 ISL frame delivery error threshold Severity Informational Explana The number of fabric controller frame delivery errors exceeded a threshold over an E_Port tion and fabric init problems event 73 were detected Most fabric init problems are due to control frame delivery problems This event provides an indication of undelivered frames after they have caused problems with the fabric initialization process Action Perform a data collection operation and contact a service representative Event Byte 0 E_Port port number Data Byte 1 3 Reserved Byte 4 7 Count of frame delivery time out indications Byte 8 11 Count of frame delivery abort indications tion Nonvola System Event Log E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Indi Home Info Incident System cator Event Log E Y LL LL LL Event Code 080 Unauthorized world wide name Informational Explanation The world wide name of the switch connected to the indicated port is not authorized for that port Action Either change the port binding definition or connect the correct switch to this port B 10 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 failing port number Bytes 1 3 Reserved Bytes 4 11 World wide name of the unauthorized device Distribution HAFM HAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail
127. Server interface appear operational YES NO uF Analysis for an Ethernet link AC power distribution or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 18 Inspect the Fibre Channel port segmentation reason at the Embedded Web Server interface a At the View panel click the Port Properties tab The View panel Port Properties tab displays b Click the port number 0 through 31 of the segmented port c Inspect the Reason field for the port Is the Reason field blank or does it display an N A message NO YES 4 The switch ISL appears operational The Reason field displays a reason message The following table lists segmentation reasons and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Segmentation Reason Action Incompatible operating parameters Go to step 11 Duplicate domain IDs Go to step 12 Incompatible zoning configurations Go to step 13 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Segmentation Reason Action Build fabric protocol error Go to step 14 No principal switch Go to step 19 No response from attached switch Go to step 16 19 A switch E_Port segmented because no switch in the fabric is capable of becoming the principal switch a Notify the customer that the switch will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic throu
128. View 1 24 3 20 messages A 19 Node List View 3 16 Performance View 3 17 3 23 Port List View 3 12 using views 3 12 product manager 1 28 FRU list view 1 31 menu bar 1 24 node list view 1 32 node list view menu 1 32 performance view 1 33 performance view menu 1 34 port list view 1 30 port menu 1 29 status bar 1 34 switch view 1 28 edge switch 2 32 service manual Index view panel 1 28 product status log 3 3 protective plug fiber optic 1 44 Q quick start MAPs 2 1 R RAM 1 12 remote workstation configurations 1 14 minimum specifications 1 16 repair event codes B 1 RRPs 4 1 fans 4 6 power supplies 4 4 SFP transceivers 4 2 S S 390 mode channel wrap tests 3 19 procedure 3 29 enabling or disabling port channel wrapping 3 14 port channel wrapping enabling and disabling 3 25 swapping Fibre Channel port address 3 23 swapping port addresses 3 14 swapping ports 3 30 safety ESD repair procedures 3 2 serviceability features 1 5 session log 3 4 SFP transceivers 1 18 illustrations 5 1 LEDs 1 20 longwave 1 18 part numbers 5 1 protective plug 1 44 removal 4 2 replacement 4 3 shortwave 1 18 Index 5 Index wrap plug 1 44 simple network management protocol See SNMP SNMP introduction 1 3 1 7 trap message support 1 42 software diagnostic features 1 21 installing 3 51 upgrading 3 51 specifications remote workstations 1 16 specifications switch 1 9 square gray meaning of 1 35 statistics on ports 1 34 sta
129. Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Ox2E Embedded port detected receive fame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 overrun error Ox2F Embedded port detected frame transmit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchro HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nization error Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x36 Embedded Port detected internal frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error invalid trailer SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal time out 3 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Ox3A User port internal protocol error Unsolic HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 ited response Ox3B User port detected frame error Undeliv HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 erable frame Ox3C User port detected transmission rate dis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 crepancy Ox3D User port detected transmission rate HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 inconsistent mode Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out of sync ECN CIN SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 CI CN EEN edge switch 2 32 service manual B 45 Event Codes ae E wal 0x
130. a fabric the corresponding fabric log is deleted The user attempted to refresh or clear the Log dialog after a fabric was unpersisted When you unpersist a fabric the corresponding fabric log is deleted edge switch 2 32 service manual Try the operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Try the operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Try the operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Try the operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Try the operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Try the file transfer operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Click Yes to unpersist the fabric or No to cancel the operation Clear the Log dialog after the fabric is unpersisted Field cannot be blank Field has exceeded maximum number of characters File transfer aborted HAFM error lt error number 1 through 8 gt HAFM server could not log you on Verify your username and password HAFM server is shutting down Connection will be terminated HAFM session is already active from this workstation Invalid character in field edge switch 2 32 service manual Description The data field requires an entry and cannot be left blank The maximum number of data entry cha
131. a failed switch in an existing fabric requires the following tasks be done in order e Note the following information for the failed switch domain number contact name BB Credit R_ A TOV E_D_ TOV Preferred Domain ID Switch Priority and Rerouting Delay and the configuration of the ports SNMP traps CLI and EWS e Remove the failed switch Ensure the failed switch is no longer carrying traffic Set the switch offline Using HAFM remove the switch from the fabric Delete the switch from the fabric using the HAFM Product View Physically disconnect and remove the switch from the mounting location e Set up the new switch to operate in the fabric Physically mount the new switch in the mounting location Verify that the new switch powers up successfully After successful power on self tests the green PWR LED remains on and all other front panel LEDs extinguish Set the switch to operate on the LAN 1 Connect a maintenance terminal to the 9 pin maintenance port 2 Using Hyperterminal connect to the Edge Switch 2 32 3 Enter the default password password edge switch 2 32 service manual FRU Removal and Replacement 4 At the C prompt type ipconfig and press Enter 5 Set the IP address subnet mask and gateway address the same as the failed switch and press Enter 6 Close Hyperterminal and disconnect the maintenance terminal Connect the switch to the LAN Configure the switch for the HAFM ap
132. a list of menu selections then click the Support Login selection The Hewlett Packard Central Site page displays c Type a member name and password both are case sensitive and click Sign In The Hewlett Packard Central Site File Library page displays If required obtain the customer specific member name and password from the customer or next level of support d Click the Microcode Downloads folder A list of software available for download displays at the right side of the window NOTE If required obtain the customer specific member name and password from the customer or next level of support e Click the appropriate HAFM server Version XX YY ZZ entry where XX YY ZZ is the desired version A File Download dialog box displays f Select Save this program to disk and click OK g Ensure the correct directory path c HafmData is specified at the Save as dialog box and the correct file 1s specified in the File name field Click Save The new software version executable file is downloaded and saved to the HAFM server or PC hard drive h If the executable file was downloaded to a PC not the HAFM server transfer the firmware version file to the HAFM server by diskette or other electronic means 1 Goto step 5 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information 4 Insert the HAFM applications CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of the HAFM server 5 Atthe HAFM server click Start at the Windows task bar The Windows Work
133. abric protocol error A protocol error was detected during incorporation of the switch into the fabric Disconnect the E_Port link reconnect the link and IPL the switch If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel 5 No principal switch No director or switch in the fabric can become the principal switch Modify the switch priority to any value other than 255 6 No response from attached switch hello timeout The switch periodically veri fies operation of attached fabric elements directors or switches The switch E_Port at the operational switch times out and segments if the attached device does not respond Check the status of the attached director or switch If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure at the attached device and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel 7 ELP retransmission failure timeout A switch that exhibits a hardware or link fail ure attempted to join a fabric and transmitted multiple ELP frames to a fabric element director or switch However because of the problem the switch did not receive responses to the ELP frames and did not receive an FLOGI frame After five ELP trans mission attempts the switch E_Port failed switch times out and segments Refer to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform hardware fault isolation at the failed switch Distribution Switch HAFM Server pub E Mail Call Sense Link a Home Info Inc
134. ace connection to a port card Contrast with out of band management initial machine load IML Hardware reset for all installed control processor CTP cards on the director or switch This reset does not affect other hardware It is initiated by pushing the IML button on a director s or switch s operating panel initial program load IPL The process of initializing the device and causing the operating system to start An IPL may be initiated through a menu option or a hardware button initial program load configuration IPL configuration In S 390 mode information stored in a director or switch s nonvolatile memory that contains default configurations The director or switch loads the file for operation when powered on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE An organization of engineers and technical professionals that promotes the development and application of electronic technology and allied sciences integrated product Hardware product that is mounted in the Fabricenter cabinet For example any director or switch shipped with in the Fabricenter cabinet is an integrated product edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 27 Glossary interface 1 A shared boundary between two functional units defined by functional signal or other characteristics The concept includes the specification of the connection of two devices having different functions 7 2 Hardware software or both that link systems progr
135. aches to an Ethernet LAN to provide communication with the HAFM server or an SNMP management workstation Two green LEDs are associated with the LAN connector When illuminated the left LED indicates LAN operation at 10 Mbps and the right LED indicates LAN operation at 100 Mbps Power and System Error LEDs The PWR LED Figure 1 8 illuminates when the switch is connected to facility AC power and powered on If the LED extinguishes a facility power source power cord or power distribution failure is indicated The ERR LED Figure 1 8 illuminates when the switch detects an event requiring immediate operator attention such as a FRU failure The LED remains illuminated as long as an event is active The LED extinguishes when the Clear System Error Light function is selected from the Product Manager application The LED blinks if unit beaconing is enabled An illuminated ERR LED indicating a failure takes precedence over unit beaconing FRU Status LEDs Amber and green LEDs associated with switch FRUs provide status information as follows e Port SFP Amber and green LEDs to the left of the port Figure 1 8 illuminate extinguish or blink to indicate various port states operational with active Fibre Channel traffic operational but not communicating beaconing blocked failed inactive or running diagnostics e Fan An amber LED at the lower left corner of each fan Figure 1 9 illuminates if the fan fails or rotates too slowl
136. ack Testo pusiste ada 3 28 Perform Channel Wrap est ts A AA ooo Aes 3 29 SM appina PORNS si do a a is 3 30 Collectin Maintenance Data jen altea tee arras era direis ts 3 32 Clear Fiber Optio Components omiso adidas 3 33 Power On Procedure aida ii noes rs a beans 3 34 Power OD ProcedUlS deso oe ride taria a ida 3 35 Reset Or IPI ihe Sqitclcss toa solida dives lis a ao iia 3 35 RESELUTE SWCD 3 36 PT StS SW A elas a a Aaa tulle We ys Sunes ack we we 3 36 Set the Switch Online or OMine id O Ed AA A Ee he 3 37 Aa AA A A gi as at eet EARNE 3 37 Sec OMtime talco dde hea o a a dia 3 38 Block and UnDIOCK PONS otto do rada iaa 3 39 A hese cat ite eds onde eed eh eee hea eee aes 3 39 Uablock aros ciao os e ee es tes de ee ee ak 3 40 Manace Firmware Versions nr cronistas E e 3 40 Determine a Switch Firmware Version 0 0 0 cece eee eee eens 341 Add a Firmware Version bi id a do bee nds 3 41 Modify a Firmware Version Description 0 cece eee eee o o 3 44 Delete a Firmware Version vidal a8 a a ed ES 3 45 Download a Firmware Version to a SWItCh o oooooooooooooooooo 3 46 Manage Configuration Data 0 1 kc eens 3 48 Back Up the Confeurauon y errada AS AA Ee we 3 49 Restore the COn UTA ul a do Saeed as 3 50 Reset Configuration Data ooooooooooo eens 3 51 Installor Upsrade SOM Wat sims oho hoe tido v ico dde es eb 3 51 FRU Removal and Replacement Remoye and Replace PRUS u
137. ae es Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log A EA ANA Event Code 081 Message Port has been set to Invalid Attachment state Severity Informational Explanation The port has recognized an incompatibility with the device connected to the other end of the link preventing the two devices from joining Ports that are isolated will not carry Class 2 or Class 3 traffic and will reject Class F traffic Action Action depends on the event data edge switch 2 32 service manual B 11 Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Port number Bytes 1 3 Reserved Byte 4 Reason Code 01 Unknown reason 02 Non E_Port mode 03 Process ELP reject with unable to process reason code 04 Process ELP reject with invalid revision level 05 Loopback indication 06 Non F_Port mode 07 When in legacy mode detect connection over E_Port of a non HP switch based on the WWN 08 Not used 09 Not used OA Unauthorized port binding WWN OB G_Port ELP time out OC ESA security mismatch OD Fabric binding mismatch OE Authorization failure reject OF Unauthorized switch binding Bytes 8 16 WWN of device attached Distribution HAEM AFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail CR a a Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log PAE E Event Code 120 Error detected while processing system management command Informational Explanation This even
138. age 2 7 and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays HAFM Login a x hp StorageWorks ha fabric manager Did the Product View display and does the HAFM application appear operational NO YES edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 35 Diagnostics 2 36 s The problem is transient and the HAFM server appears operational Contact the next level of support 4 Did the HAFM application display a dialog box with the message Connection to HAFM server lost click OK to exit application or HAFM error n where n is an error message number 1 through 8 inclusive NO YES 4 An HAFM application error occurred Click OK to close the dialog box and close the HAFM application Go to step 3 5 Did the HAFM application display a dialog box with the message The software version on this HAFM server is not compatible with the version on the remote HAFM server YES NO y Go to step 8 6 The HAFM applications running on the HAFM server and client workstation are not at compatible release levels Recommend to the customer that the downlevel version be upgraded Does the customer want the HAFM application upgraded YES NO y Power off the client workstation 7 Upgrade the downlevel HAFM application Install or Upgrade Software on page 3 51 Did the software upgrade solve the problem NO YES 4 The HAFM server appears operational Contact the next level of support edge switch 2 32 service ma
139. ally reported Action Replace the failed switch Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and faulty switch to HP support personnel Event Data Bytes 0 through 3 LAN error type where 01 hard failure and 04 registered fault Bytes 4 through 7 LAN error subtype Bytes 8 through 11 fault identifier EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident AL E A EA Event Code 440 Embedded Port hardware has failed Explanation The embedded port hardware detected an error Action Replace the switch Perform a data collection operation for the switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the failed CTP card and the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis and repair Event Data Byte 0 Slot Position Byte 1 Reason Code 00 TX clock loss 01 Solicited response parity error detected 02 Solicited response invalid error detected 03 High availability error threshold exceeded Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 High availability error callout internally defined Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log AAA AA AA B 26 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Code 442 Embedded Port Anomaly Detected Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operation mode or operation status
140. ams or devices D Internet protocol IP Network layer for the transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP protocol used on Ethernet networks IP provides packet routing fragmentation and reassembly through the data link layer D Internet protocol address IP address Unique string of numbers in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx that identifies a device on a network interoperability Ability to communicate execute programs or transfer data between various functional units over a network interoperability mode Interop mode An operating mode set through management software that allows products to operate in homogeneous or heterogeneous fabrics interop mode See interoperability mode interrupt A signal sent by a subsystem to the central processing unit CPU that signifies a process has either completed or could not be completed interswitch link ISL Physical expansion port E_Port connection between two directors in a fabric interswitch link hop ISL hop See hop IOPS Input output operations per second IP See Internet protocol IP address See Internet protocol address IPL See initial program load Glossary 28 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary IPL configuration See initial program load configuration ISL See interswitch link ISL hop Interswitch link hop See hop isolated E_Port Isolated expansion port See segmented expansion port isolated expansion port Isolated E_
141. as been lost The HAFM application at a remote workstation lost the network connection to the HAFM server A log file I O error occurred and the file could not be saved to the specified destination The disk may be full or write protected Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Click OK to delete the log contents or Cancel to cancel the operation Log in to the HAFM server again through the HAFM Manager Login dialog box Start the HAFM application to connect to the HAFM server If the disk is full use another disk If the disk is write protected change the write protect properties or use another disk edge switch 2 32 service manual Could not find firmware file Could not remove dump files from server Could not stop DOLL diagnostics Could not write firmware to flash Date entered is invalid edge switch 2 32 service manual A firmware version could not be found because the data directory structure for the HAFM server is corrupt Dump files could not be deleted from the HAFM server because the notebook PC or Product Manager application is busy Port diagnostics could not be stopped by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link
142. ated a Wait approximately five minutes then attempt to login to the switch again b At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address field Internet Explorer type http xxx xxx xxx xxx Where xxx xxx xxx xxx S the IP address of the switch obtained in step 1 The Username and Password Required dialog box displays c Type the user name and password obtained in step 1 and click OK If the View panel does not display wait another five minutes and perform this step again Does the Embedded Web Server interface appear operational with the View panel displayed YES NO A CTP failure is indicated Go to MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis on page 2 32 43 At the View panel inspect the Status field Does the switch status indicate Operational NO YES y The switch appears operational 44 Inspect the port operational state a Atthe View panel click the Port Properties tab The View panel Port Properties tab displays edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 21 Diagnostics 2 22 b Inspect the Beaconing and Operational State fields View Configure Monitor Operations Help View Refresh 3 8 02 at 14 47 Switch po 1 2 3 4 s 6 7 8e 9 ee 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 0 Type F Port Operating Speed 1 Gb sec Fibre Channel Address 610413 20 04 08 00 88 00 66 21 Attached Port WWN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Blo
143. ations tray is a sliding tray located in the middle of the Fabricenter cabinet The communications tray holds the laptop personal computer PC zip drive and zip drive power supply edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 9 Glossary community name SNMP A name that represents an simple network management protocol SNMP community that the agent software recognizes as a valid source for SNMP requests A product recognizes a management station as a valid recipient for trap information when the station s community names are configured community profile Information that specifies which management objects are available to what management domain or simple network management protocol SNMP community name community SNMP A relationship between an simple network management protocol SNMP agent and a set of SNMP managers that defines authentication access control and proxy characteristics component 1 Hardware or software that is part of a functional unit 2 A functional part of an operating system for example the scheduler or supervisor D concurrent firmware upgrade Firmware is upgraded without disrupting switch operation concurrent maintenance Ability to perform maintenance tasks such as removal or replacement of field replaceable units FRUs while a hardware product is operating configuration data The collection of data that results from configuring product and system operating parameters For example config
144. ays product icons like those in the Products view each representing switches and directors in fabrics that you select from a Fabric Tree on left panel of the view Interswitch links ISLs display between the product icons as black lines Fabrics are initially listed in the Fabric Tree by the world wide name WWN of the fabric s principal switch but if the fabric is persisted they could have various names configured by the user The selected fabric s name displays above the icons at the top of the tab edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 37 General Information Zone Set Tab This tab displays the currently active zone set for fabrics that you select from the left side of the view The zones and zone members that make up the zone set display in a scrollable tree structure below the name of the active zone set Menu options available in this tab allow you to quickly determine fabric zoning structure zone sets zones and zone members determine logged in and logged out zone members save active zones under another name determine the default zone members deactivate activate zone sets and change the default zone SANLab NcD 21 E DracoLab 3 i hracol abr EM Di acuLab 2 e vracoLab 34 ma a E E a EL R TE hraenl ab E rara Eo DEL LIE E SAHL ah McD 21 E h C 52 C0 1F E1 00 00 03 34 E DracoLab 32 4 SOR gH le pracoLab 2 i DEC 57 00 1F E1 00 00 03 32 E hacni ab 20 E po ECG O AF EA00 00 03 33 3 Draculat 11 E a
145. be an additional event generated 506 if the diagnostic failure incident results in a port failure B 40 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Byte 1 Failure reason code 0x00 Unable to generate test frame 0x01 Unable to send test frame 0x02 Timed out waiting for test frame 0x00 Received frame contained invalid corrupt data 0x04 External wrap test requires active link 0x05 Routing table test failed 0x06 No bit sync achieved 0x07 VC rare event status register is set 0x10 Port s maximum speed is less than the backplane speed 0x11 Unrecognized module chip revision 0x12 SERDES read failed Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Byte 8 Test type 0x01 Internal wrap 0x02 External wrap 0x03 Hotplug 0x05 Internal BIST 0x06 External BIST 0x08 Internal EMC loopback 0x09 External EMC loopback Ox0A Internal system loopback Ox0B External system loopback Bytes 12 13 SB rare event register contents Bytes 14 15 BB rare event register contents Bytes 16 17 RD rare event register contents Bytes 18 19 FE rare event register contents Bytes 20 21 QM rare event register contents Bytes 22 WR rare event register contents Bytes 23 RD rare event register contents Distribution HAFM HAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail ia a aa a Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event
146. binary number Bits are the basic unit of information capacity on a computer storage device Eight bits equals one byte bit density Expressed as bits per inch bpi the number of bits that can be written on one inch of track on a disk surface bit error rate Abbreviated as ber Ratio of received bits that contain errors to total of all bits transmitted bits per inch Abbreviated as bpi Indicates the density of information on a hard drive blocked connection In S 390 mode in a director or switch the attribute that when set removes the communication capability of a specific port A blocked address is disabled so that no other address can be connected to it A blocked attribute supersedes a dedicated or prohibited attribute on the same address Contrast with allowed connection unblocked connection See connectivity attribute See also dynamic connection dynamic connectivity blocked port In a director or switch the attribute that when set removes the communication capability of a specific port A blocked port continuously transmits the offline sequence boot 1 To start or restart a computer 2 Loading the operating system bpi See bits per inch B_ Port See bridge port bps Bits per second Glossary 6 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary Bps Bytes per second bridge 1 An attaching device that connects two local area network LAN segments to allow the transfer of information from one LAN segment to
147. ble name f Modify the incompatible zone name as directed by the customer 1 At the navigation control panel select Zone Sets from the Configure menu The Zone Sets dialog box displays 2 Select highlight the active zone set name then select Modify from the Actions icon on the dialog box The Modify Zone Set dialog box displays 3 Select highlight the zone name to be modified and later deleted at the Zone Library list then select Copy Zone from the Actions icon on the dialog box The Copy Zone dialog box displays 4 Type the new zone name specified by the customer and click OK The new zone name displays in the Zone Library list The new zone contains the same members as the copied zone 2 86 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 5 Select highlight the new zone name and drag holding the left mouse button the name to the Zones in Set list 6 Atthe Zones in Set list select highlight the zone name to be deleted then drag holding the left mouse button the name off the Modify Zone Set dialog box 7 At the Modify Zone Set dialog box click Save Zone Set The zone set with the new zone name is saved and the dialog box closes 8 At the Zone Sets dialog box select highlight the active zone set name then select Activate from the Actions icon on the dialog box The Activate Zone Set dialog box displays 9 Click Start The status message changes to Activate zone set complete Click Close to close th
148. c away from a FRU to open a pop up menu b Click the Clear System Error Light menu selection RRP Cooling Fan Use the following procedures to remove or replace a cooling fan from the rear of the switch No tools are required Removal 4 6 To remove a cooling fan l Identify the defective cooling fan from the illuminated amber LED on the fan or failure information at the HAFM server s Hardware View Loosen the fan retaining screw in the upper right corner of the fan This is a captive screw that will remain in the fan assembly Grasp the fan handle and pull the fan FRU out of the chassis edge switch 2 32 service manual FRU Removal and Replacement Replacement To replace a cooling fan l 2 Remove the replacement cooling fan FRU from its shipping container Inspect the rear of the fan for bent or broken connector pins If any pins are damaged obtain a new fan Position the fan FRU with its retaining screw at the upper right corner the fan cannot be inserted in any other position Push the fan FRU into the chassis to engage the connector pins until the fan faceplate 1s flush with the chassis Engage the screw threads and lightly tighten the screw Over tightening the screw may damage the FRU or chassis Inspect the fan FRU to ensure that the amber LED is extinguished If the amber LED is illuminated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem At the HAFM server s Hardwar
149. c random access memory nonvolatile random access memory static random access memory R A TOV See resource allocation time out value read only memory ROM An information storage chip with permanent memory Stored information cannot be changed or deleted except under special circumstances D Contrast with random access memory redundancy Performance characteristic of a system or product whose integral components are backed up by identical components to which operations will automatically failover in the event of a component failure Redundancy is a vital characteristic of virtually all high availability 24 hours 7 days per week computer systems and networks Glossary 42 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary remote notification A process by which a system 1s able to inform remote users and workstations of certain classes of events that occur on the system E mail notification and the configuration of simple network management protocol SN MP trap recipients are two examples of remote notification programs that can be implemented on director class switches remote user workstation Workstation such as a personal computer PC using HAFM application and Product Manager application software that can access the HAFM server over a local area network LAN connection repeater A device that generates and often amplifies signals to extend transmission distance rerouting delay An option that ensures that frames are delivered
150. cancel Click Yes to delete the members or No to cancel the operation Messages Message Description aon Cannot add a switch to a zone Cannot connect to HAFM server Cannot delete product Cannot disable Fabric Binding while Enterprise Fabric Mode is active Cannot display route All switches in route must be managed by the same server edge switch 2 32 service manual The device that you are attempting to add to the zone is a switch which cannot be added to a zone The HAFM application at a remote workstation could not connect to the HAFM server The selected product cannot be deleted User attempted to disable Fabric Binding through the Fabric Binding dialog box but Enterprise Fabric Mode was enabled You cannot show the route between devices that are attached to switches or directors managed by a different HAFM server Specify the port number or corresponding World Wide Name for the device you want to add to the zone Verify the HAFM server internet protocol IP address is valid Verify the HAFM server to product link iS Up e Ifthe link is up the HAFM server may be busy Another Product Manager instance may be open The user may not have permission to delete the product Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode through the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box in HAFM before disabling Fabric Binding Make sure devices named in Show Routes dialog box a
151. cent to the option and port beaconing is disabled Was port beaconing enabled because port failure or degradation was suspected YES NO y The switch appears operational Go to step 2 21 At the Port Properties dialog box does the Operational State field display a Segmented E_Port message edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 13 Diagnostics 2 14 NO YES y E_Port segmentation is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 2 79 A message displays indicating a link incident or port problem Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 22 A link incident may have occurred but the LIN alerts option is not enabled for the port and the attention indicator does not display At the Hardware View select Link Incident Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel The Link Incident Log displays 3 31 02 12 21 56 PM J20 4 09 11 PM JAND 4 09 11 Phi W220 40735 Phi 2202 4 07 10 Phi JAND 3 06 09 PM JAND 3 06 09 Phi 21102 4 94 52 PM 3121 02 4 30 11 Phi 2021102 4 29 13 PM 3221 02 4 19 41 PM 31221102 3 47 51 Phi 21102 10 28 38 AM 21702 10 25 25 AM J20 100203 AM 23 23 15 23 15 Loss of Signal or Lass of Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitiv
152. ch 2 32 without optics ae 11 292003 001 Transceiver optical shortwave laser 2 125 Gbps _ to 32 850 nm LC 2 to 300 meters 0 292004 001 Transceiver optical longwave laser 2 125 Gbps O to 32 1300 nm LC up to 10 km 0 Transceiver optical extended longwave laser O to 32 2 125 Gbps 1300 nm LC up to 35 km Rear Accessible FRUs The FRUs and their part numbers differ between the two packaging systems for the switch Use care when selecting a part number to order for replacement purposes to ensure that the part number matches the switch for which it is intended The rear accessible switch FRUs are illustrated and described in Figure 5 2 and Table 5 2 The table includes reference numbers to the figure part numbers descriptions and quantities 5 2 edge switch 2 32 service manual Illustrated Parts Breakdown Figure 5 2 Rear Accessible FRUs Table 5 2 Rear Accessible FRU Parts List Ef Eames 292008 001 Base assembly Edge Switch 2 32 without optics 2 292012 001 Power supply assembly includes one cooling fan 2 P N 292010 001 edge switch 2 32 service manual 5 3 Miscellaneous Parts Table 53 is a list of miscellaneous parts Table 5 3 Miscellaneous Parts Part Number Description y 254138 001 Power cord 120 VAC United States 258754 001 Power cord AC 5 15R 254139 001 Power cord AC Adapter Jumper 2 5 m A Messages This appendix lists information and error messages t
153. ch or director to HAFM using the New Product dialog box Click OK to delete the log contents or Cancel to cancel the operation If the disk is full use another disk If the disk is write protected change the write protect properties or use another disk Redefine zone members by the WWN of attached devices Enable the default zone or activate a zone set containing the member before attempting to show the route Start the HAFM application to continue edge switch 2 32 service manual Messages Message Description aon Duplicate community names require identical write authorizations Duplicate name in zoning Configuration Duplicate nickname in nickname configuration Duplicate World Wide Name in nickname configuration Duplicate zone in zone set configuration Duplicate zone member in zone configuration Enabling this zone set will replace the currently active zone set Do you want to continue Error creating zone edge switch 2 32 service manual If configuring two communities with identical names they must also have identical write authorizations Every name in the zoning library must be unique Duplicate nicknames cannot be configured A world wide name can be associated with only one nickname More than one instance of a zone is defined in a zone set More than one instance of a zone member is defined in a zone Only one zone set can be active
154. ck Configuration Unblocked 10 100 km Configuration Off Beaconiny Off Operational State Inactive Optics Speed Conflict Technology Connector Type LC Transceiver Shortwave Laser Distance Capability Intermediate Media Multi Mode50 625micrometer Speed 2 Gb sec AO SA Does the Operational State field display a Beaconing message and the Beaconing field display an On message YES NO y Go to step 46 45 Port beaconing is enabled a Consult the customer and next level of support to determine the reason port beaconing is enabled b Disable port beaconing 1 Atthe View panel select Operations at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens with the Port Beaconing page displayed edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 2 Click the Beaconing State check box for the port The check mark disappears from the box and port beaconing is disabled 3 Return to the View panel Port Properties tab Continue 46 At the View panel does the Operational State field display a Segmented message NO YES y Port segmentation is indicated Go to step 51 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 2 79 47 At the View panel does the Operational State field display a message indicating a link incident or port problem NO YES 4 A port problem is indicated Go to step 51 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go
155. cluded with this event EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Event Code 062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Informational Explanation The Fabric Controller software has detected that a path to another switch in the fabric traverses more than seven interswitch links hops This may result in frames persisting in the fabric longer than the Fibre Channel standard time out values allow Action If possible reconfigure the fabric so that the path between any two switches traverses no more than seven interswitch links Event Data Byte 0 domain ID of the switch more than seven hops away Bytes 1 3 Reserved edge switch 2 32 service manual B 5 Event Codes Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log LS OE Event Code 063 Message Remote switch has too many ISLs Severity Major Explanation The switch indicated in the event data Domain ID has too many ISLs attached to it That switch is unreachable from this switch Action Reduce the number of ISLs on the indicated switch to a number that within the limits 128 ISLs per switch Event Data Byte 0 domain ID of the switch with too many ISLs Bytes 1 3 Reserved Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log e A E A L Event Code 070 Message E_Port is segmented
156. cludes the HAFM server switches other HP products and device connections e The location of the HAFM server and all switches e The internet protocol IP address gateway address and subnet mask for the switch reporting the problem e f performing fault isolation using the HAFM server The Windows 2000 user name and password These are required when prompted during any MAP or repair procedure that directs the HAFM server to be rebooted The user name maintenance password and HAFM server name All are case sensitive and required when prompted at the HAFM Login dialog box edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 7 Diagnostics e f performing fault isolation using the Embedded Web Server interface the switch user name and password Both are case sensitive and required when prompted at the Username and Password Required dialog box Continue 2 Are you at the HAFM server YES NO y Go to step 24 3 Did the HAFM server lock up or crash and e Display an application warning or error message or e Not display an application warning or error message or e Display a Dr Watson for Windows 2000 dialog box NO YES y An HAFM server application problem is indicated Event codes are not recorded Go to MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination on page 2 33 4 Did the HAFM server crash and display a blue screen with the system dump file in hexadecimal format blue screen of death NO YES 4 An HAFM server
157. cond tick count Bytes 8 9 High Availability error callout 1 Bytes 10 11 High Availability error callout 2 Byte 12 Detecting port Byte 13 Connected port Byte 14 Participating SBAR Bytes 16 17 High Availability error callout 3 Bytes 18 19 High Availability error callout 4 Distribution HAFM Server Host Ela Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log AAA AAA Event 602 Anomaly Reason Codes Utility bus error to Port Module 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error SBAR module detected CTP interface sig HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nal error B 54 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error SBAR Module detected external parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error SBAR Module detected lost of system HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 clock User port internal frame error bad delim HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 iter User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error in
158. configured IP address is not an HP managed product Notify the customer of the problem a At the Product View right click the icon with the grey square representing the product reporting the problem A pop up menu displays b Select Delete A warning dialog box displays asking if the product is to be deleted c Click Yes to delete the product Exit MAP 25 Does the Embedded Web Server application appear operational edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 53 Diagnostics 2 54 NO YES p The switch to web server PC connection is restored and appears operational 26 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message displays The message indicates the web browser PC cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to PC Internet Ethernet link could not be established e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch CTP failed Continue 27 Inspect the switch reporting the problem for indications of being powered on such as e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO y Analysis for an AC power distribution or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 28
159. connection See connectivity attribute See also allowed connection dynamic connection dynamic connectivity unblocked port Devices communicating with an unblocked port can login to the director or switch and communicate with devices attached to any other unblocked port assuming that this is supported by the current zoning configuration Underwriters Laboratories UL A laboratory organization accredited by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and authorized to certify products for use in the home and workplace D unicast Communication between a single sender and a single receiver over a network uninterruptable power supply UPS A buffer between public utility power or another power source and a system that requires precise uninterrupted power D Glossary 50 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary UNIX A popular multi user multitasking operating system originally designed to be a small flexible system used exclusively by programmers UNIX was one of the first operating systems to be written in a high level programming language namely C This meant that 1t could be installed on virtually any computer for which a C compiler existed Due to its portability flexibility and power UNIX has become the leading operating system for workstations Historically it has been less popular in the personal computer market but the emergence of a new version called Linux is revitalizing UNIX across all platforms upper le
160. correct product type for the product with the network address Installing this feature key while online will cause an IPL operation on the switch anda momentary loss of LAN connection This operation is non disruptive to the Fibre Channel traffic Do you wish to continue installing this feature key Internal file transfer error received from director Invalid character in field Invalid configuration name Invalid firmware file Invalid network address edge switch 2 32 service manual Description If the switch is online installing the new feature key will cause an internal program load IPL The LAN connection to the HAFM server will be lost momentarily but Fibre Channel traffic will not be affected The switch or director detected an internal file transfer error An invalid character was entered in the data field Attempted to save an address configuration name with an invalid name The file selected for firmware download is not a firmware version file The IP address specified for the product is unknown to the domain name server invalid Messages Select Yes to install the feature key or No to not install Retry the operation If the problem persists contact the next level of support Remove invalid characters from the entry Use up to 24 alphanumeric characters including spaces hyphens and underscores Select the correct firmware version f
161. correct range Retry the firmware download operation If the problem persists contact the next level of support Verify and enter a valid UDP port number Verify and enter a valid number Verify and enter a valid date Verify and enter a valid number Verify and enter a valid time edge switch 2 32 service manual Invalid value for minute 0 59 Invalid value for month 1 TAJ Invalid value for RA TOV Invalid value for second 0 59 Invalid value for year Invalid World Wide Name Invalid World Wide Name or nickname edge switch 2 32 service manual Description At the Configure Date and Time dialog box the MM value minute must be an integer from 0 through 59 inclusive At the Configure Date and Time dialog box the MM value month must be an integer from 1 through 12 inclusive At the Configure Operating Parameters dialog box the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV must be an integer from 10 through 1200 inclusive At the Configure Date and Time dialog box the SS value second must be an integer from 0 through 59 inclusive At the Configure Date and Time dialog box the YYYY value year must be a four digit value The specified world wide name format is invalid The valid format is eight two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons Ses Se we SO es ex The World Wide Name or nickname that you have specified is invalid The valid for
162. cted internal frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error invalid trailer Ox3A User port internal protocol error Unsolic HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 ited response Ox3B User port detected frame error Undeliv HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 erable frame edge switch 2 32 service manual B 35 Reserved Engineering use only HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Event Codes Ox3C User port detected transmission rate dis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 crepancy Ox3D User port detected transmission rate HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 inconsistent mode Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out of sync SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x42 User egress port detected frame transmis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 sion error User ingress port detected internal time HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 ut 0x45 User egress port detected frame internal HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 integrity error 0x46 User egress port detected internal proto HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 col error User port detected internal frame length HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port detected internal queue protocol HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Event Code 504 Port module failure Explanation A failure associated with a four p
163. d for maintenance personnel to fault isolate the problem modem failure no dial tone etc while information provided in all other entries is generally intended for use by third level support personnel to isolate more significant problems To open the HAFM Event Log select Event Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 3 Repair Information SOS UZAT Al SWANS 3 03 39 Ph SAS 9 26 75 AM W102 1 93 22 Ph Esport Gear metres cose Figure 3 1 HAFM Event Log 6 Sernices started 6 Senices started Al Services started 54 5ervices started HAFM Services HAFM Services HAFM Services HAF 1 Services The event log contains the following columns 06 00 00 06 00 00 06 00 00 06 00 00 e Date Time the date and time the event was reported to the HAFM server e Event an event number and brief description of the event Include both the event number and description when reporting an event to third level customer support e Product the product associated with the event Some events are associated with the HAFM Services application while others are associated with a specific instance of the HAFM application In the latter case the product and configured name or internet protocol IP address associated with the instance are displayed e Qualifier this column provides an event qualifier for use by engineering personnel Include this number when re
164. d inserted into a computer so the computer can be connected to a network Most NICs are designed for specific types of networks protocols and medias although some can serve multiple networks network management The broad subject of managing computer networks There exists a wide variety of software and hardware products that help network system administrators manage a network Network management covers a wide area including security performance and reliability never principal The setting that prevents the product from becoming the principal switch for a fabric NIC See network interface card nickname Alternate name assigned to a world wide name for a node director or switch in the fabric edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 35 Glossary node In Fibre Channel protocol an end device server or storage device that is or can be connected to a switched fabric See also device node port N_Port Physical interface within an end device that can connect to an fabric port F_Port on a switched fabric or directly to another N_Port in point to point communications See also bridge port expansion port fabric port generic port segmented expansion port node port identifier N_Port ID In Fibre Channel protocol a unique address identifier by which an N_Port is uniquely known It consists of a domain most significant byte an area and a port each 1 byte long The N_Port ID is used in the source identifier S_ID and des
165. d switches or the status of the link between the HAFM server and managed switches as follows e A green circle indicates all switches are operational e A yellow triangle indicates at least one switch is operating in degraded mode e A red diamond with yellow background indicates at least one switch is not operational e A grey square indicates the status of at least one switch is unknown The grey square indicates the HAFM server cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to HAFM server Ethernet link failed e Ac power distribution in the switch failed e The control processor CTP card failed Because the CTP card is not a FRU CTP failure requires replacing the switch edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 9 Diagnostics 2 10 Is a grey square displayed at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO y Go to step 10 8 At the switch reporting the problem ensure the power switch is set to the Power On 1 position Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO J A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 9 Eith
166. des versus Maintenance Action Event Code Explanation 001 System power down Power on switch 011 Login server database invalid Go to MAP 0700 021 Name server database invalid Go to MAP 0700 031 SNMP request received from Add community unauthorized community name 051 Management server database invalid Go to MAP 0700 52 Management server internal error Go to MAP 0700 Fabric controller database invalid Go to MAP 0700 2 2 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Code Explanation Maximum interswitch hop count Go to MAP exceeded 0700 E_Port is segmented Go to MAP 0700 Switch is isolated Go to MAP 0700 D ez O Y GO m lt O ml O Q O lt O 0 c 0 D e O gt Q O O gt O O O O m c O a ur E_Port connected to an unsupported Goto MAP switch 0700 Unauthorized world wide name Go to MAP 0600 Power supply ac voltage failure Go to MAP 0100 Power supply DC voltage failure Go to MAP 0100 Power supply ac voltage recovery No action required Power supply DC voltage recovery No action required Power supply removed Replace FRU Power supply thermal failure Go to MAP 0100 Power supply installed No action required Power supply false shutdown Go to MAP 0100 Go to MAP First cooling fan failed 0500 Second cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 062 070 071 072 080 200 201 202 203 204 206 207 208 3
167. detected trailer parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x22 User port detected internal frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error long frame Port detected SBAR response error User port detected clock error Port module internal address bus error User module internal data bus error User Port detected invalid address Embedded port detected frame integrity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Event Codes 0x29 Embedded port detected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error non parity Ox2A Embedded port detected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error parity Ox2B Embedded port detected invalid SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 response 0x2C Embedded port detected receive frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 parity error Ox2D Embedded port detected connection time HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 ou Ox2E Embedded port detected receive fame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 overrun error Embedded port detected frame transmit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Embedded port detected request time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Embedded port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Health Check port failed busy bit clear HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchro HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nization error Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x36 Embedded Port dete
168. dialog box and return to the Product Manager application Delete a Firmware Version To delete an switch firmware version from the library stored on the HAFM server hard drive 1 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch from which the firmware version 1s to be deleted The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays o Version Description New Figure 3 30 Firmware Library dialog box 4 Select the firmware version to be deleted and click Delete A confirmation dialog box displays Click OK The selected firmware version is deleted from the Firmware Library dialog box Click Close to close the dialog box and return to the Product Manager application edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 45 Repair Information Download a Firmware Version to a Switch This procedure downloads a selected firmware version from the HAFM server library to a switch managed by the open instance of the Product Manager application NOTE When downloading a firmware version follow all procedural information in the release notes or EC instructions that accompany the firmware version This information supplements information in this general procedure To download a firmware version to a switch l 3 46 Notify the customer that a
169. dicator a blinking color reversing red and yellow diamond overlaying a FRU indicates the FRU failed and immediate service is required e Attention indicator a yellow triangle overlaying the top of a port SFP indicates the port is in a nonstandard mode or configuration but did not actually fail The indicator displays for any port having a state other than online failed blocked bypassed or loss of light The indicator also displays to indicate a link incident LIN alert or a segmented port View Tabs Click one of the view tabs across the top of the Product Manager window to display the following views in the View panel e Hardware e Node List e Port List e Performance e FRU List edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 27 General Information View Panel 1 28 Views selected from the view tabs display in the View panel Hardware View The Hardware View is the default view that displays in the View panel when you open the switch Product Manager To return to this view from another view click the Hardware View tab Refer to Figure 1 12 for an example of this view EN Figure 1 12 Hardware View In the Hardware View colored indicators reflect the status of actual LEDs on the switch FRUs The status bar displays a symbol to represent the most degraded status currently reported by any of the switch FRUs For example for a port failure indicated by a blinking red and yellow diamond on a port a yellow trian
170. dule detected lost of system HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 clock Ox0C HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Ox0D HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Ox0E HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 OxOF HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x10 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x11 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x12 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual B 33 User port internal time out 1 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal time out 2 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error bad delim HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 iter User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error short HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 frame User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Ox1C User port detected unexpected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 transmission Ox1D User port internal frame error invalid HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 trailer User port detected frame internal integrity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Internal connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port detected elastic store error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port
171. dure To refresh the log click Refresh at the bottom of the log window Clear the Event Log To ensure the Event Log is up to date and not filled with archived events periodically clear the log display To clear the log click Clear at the bottom of the log window Hardware Log The Hardware Log Figure 3 4 displays a history of FRU removals and replacements insertions for the switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 7 Repair Information NOTE The FRU designations in the following figure may not accurately represent the FRU designations for the Edge Switch 2 32 however they serve as examples for explanation purposes _ Refresh Close Figure 3 4 Hardware Log To open the Hardware Log select Hardware Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel The log contains the following columns 3 8 Date Time the date and time the FRU was inserted or removed FRU an acronym representing the FRU type or non FRU element The acronyms are SFP Small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver Chassis slots for SFPs inserted in a port are O through 31 The SFPs are FRUs PWR power supply Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are O and 1 The power supplies are FRUs FAN cooling fan Chassis slots for redundant fans are O through 3 cooling fans The cooling fans are FRUs CTP
172. e 206 Power supply removed Severity Informational Explanation A power supply was removed while the Switch was powered on and operational The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the switch Action No action required or install an operational power supply Event Data No supplementary data included with this event witch EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident SA E ELE Event Code 207 Message Power supply installed Severity Informational Explanation A redundant power supply was installed with the switch powered on and operational Both power supplies adjust to share operating load for the switch Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with the event witch EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident 1 E E T_T 3 Event Code 208 Power supply false shutdown Severity B 16 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Explanation Switch operational firmware nearly shut down the indicated power supply as a result of failure or facility power loss or voltage fluctuation Action Confirm operation of facility power If subsequent power loss events occur replace the failed power supply Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and failed power supply to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Inf
173. e specifications are e One single phase connection for each power supply e Input power between 120 and 230 Vac e Input current between 2 and 4 amps e Input frequency between 47 and 63 Hz Is facility power within specifications YES NO 4 Ask the customer to correct the facility power problem When facility power is corrected verify switch temperature cools to within the operational limit 11 Inspect the fans Do one or more fans appear to rotate at insufficient angular velocity failure pending NO YES y Remove and replace the affected fan RRP Cooling Fan on page 4 6 or After fan replacement verify switch temperature cools to within the operational limit A power supply problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 12 An SBAR is not recognized by switch firmware because the firmware version is not supported or the SBAR failed Advise the customer of the problem and determine the correct firmware version to download from the HAFM server Download the firmware Download a Firmware Version to a Switch on page 3 46 Perform the data collection procedure after the download Continue 13 Did the firmware download solve the problem NO YES 4 The switch appears operational edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 14 The SBAR on the CTP card failed Because the SBAR is not a FRU SBAR failure requires replacing the switch Contact the next level of support
174. e MAPs provide fault isolation and related service procedures They are step by step procedures that prompt service personnel for information and describe a maintenance action They provide information to interpret system events isolate a switch failure to a single FRU remove and replace the failed FRU and verify switch operation Factory Defaults Table 2 1 lists the defaults for the passwords and IP subnet and gateway addresses Table 2 1 Factory Set Defaults Customer password password Maintenance password level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Quick Start Table 2 2 lists the MAPs in this chapter Fault isolation normally begins at MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 1 Diagnostics However Table 2 3 lists the event codes and the corresponding MAPs It is a quick start if an event code is readily available Table 2 2 MAP Summary MAP 0000 Start MAP page 2 7 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis page 2 26 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis page 2 32 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem page 2 33 Determination MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication page 2 39 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Failure Analysis page 2 58 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis page 2 63 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port page 2 79 Problem Determination MAP 0800 Console PC Problem Determination page 2 90 Table 2 3 Event Co
175. e View select Event Log from the Logs icon The Event Log displays Ensure one of the following event codes displays in the log 310 to 315 Mh cooling fan has recovered where Nis first to fourth fan At the HAFM server s Hardware View observe the fan graphic and ensure no alert symbols display that indicate a failure yellow triangle or red diamond If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem Perform the data collection procedure refer to Collecting Maintenance Data on page 3 32 10 Clear the switch system error ERR LED a At the HAFM server s Hardware View right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU to open a pop up menu b Click the Clear System Error Light menu selection edge switch 2 32 service manual 4 7 FRU Removal and Replacement RRP CTP Card Switch Replacement Some event codes indicate a CTP card failure as do some diagnostic paths through MAPs The CTP card is not a FRU and cannot be replaced CTP card failure requires replacement of the entire switch If the failed switch provides a critical singular link in the fabric and that link is still operating 1t may be necessary to schedule down time for this replacement Replacing a Failed Switch 4 8 NOTE This procedure assumes that the new switch will be installed in the same location as the failed switch and will be configured the same as the failed switch Replacing
176. e ace 1 45 HAM Even LOS aia VENIS seed eee eee wee we ee 3 4 PEOUUCE Stats LO A olas doo 3 5 SWIC EVEN LOG cn acid eet nackte dor ds es bee Shee ias Bee 3 6 Hardware LO oralidad on ee eats thas Od tt ead See ob 3 8 kink Incident LOS taker tee ee dhe ewe esos Seed Ls eee bh ees 3 3 9 Threshold Alen Moe uwaeises hele eck et Sad eaed Soha EE ede seeds 3 11 POTER VIEW scams ias a did aoe aoe ees RR ede a Sad 3 13 EXUSEASE Vier Di E ae oe 3 15 Node VIEW ii a id a car 3 16 LOS SEUS VUE WAS A es BEE ak ia 3 18 Hardware VIEW ds ss E 3 20 Port Properties Dialog BOX tana ita 3 21 Rertormance VieWes imita isis tido ee be ede behead 3 24 Port Diagnostics Dialogs BOX 32 AAA 3 27 Channel Wrap On for Port n Dialog Box o o ooooooooo oo ooo 3 30 Swap Ports Dialog DOX lt situeren neina iaae o ad bad 3 31 Save Data Collection Dialog BOX 20d aia ia 3 32 Data Collection Dialog BOX 0 0 0 eee ees 3 33 Clean Fiber Optic COMpoOnNenNtS o oooooooooo ees 3 34 Information dialog DOX 0 eee eee ees 3 37 Online State dialo DO a 3 38 Block Port matalos DON soprano ino Bea acer 3 39 EH OW A A N VO 00 Ww UY UY UY UY UY UY 0 UY UY MD NN NN NN NN NN WV CSO ANNAN ooo K UN Ur UY UY UY UY UY UY W WwW UY UY UY 0 UY UY UY W W QU MD ph fk fk KO N NO oS NO e W NO RK WN e h it man Uy Unblock Port tiedialo DOX yaaa etica 3 40 Firmware Library dialog bOX oooooo
177. e dialog box 10 Click Close to close the Zone Sets dialog box and return to the Zoning Set View with the modified active zone set Did the zone name change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES 4 The switches associated ISL and multi switch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 14 The switch E_Port segmented because a build fabric protocol error was detected a Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the segmented E_Port b Reconnect the cable to the same port Did reconnecting the cable solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES 4 The switches associated ISL and multi switch fabric appear operational 15 Initial program load IPL the switch Reset or IPL the Switch on page 35 Did the IPL solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 87 Diagnostics 2 88 s The switches associated ISL and multi switch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 16 The switch E_Port segmented because a response to a verification check indicates the attached switch is not operational a Perform the data collection procedure for the switch and return the Zip disk to HP for analysis b Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and perform fault isolation for the failed switch 17 Does the Embedded Web
178. e disabled to configure The firmware file is corrupted The firmware version already exists The following parameters cannot be disabled while Enterprise Fabric Mode is active Insistent Domain ID Rerouting Delay Domain RSCNS The HAFM server is busy processing a request from another product manager The IPL configuration cannot be deleted Description The user aborted the data collection procedure The message displays when the user attempts to change the operating mode to the open fabric mode and the default zone is enabled A firmware version file is corrupt This firmware version already exists in HAFM server s firmware library User attempted to disable these parameters in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box while Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled The HAFM server PC is processing a request from another instance of a Product Manager application and cannot perform the requested operation Deletion of the IPL address configuration was attempted and was not allowed edge switch 2 32 service manual Verify the data collection procedure is to be aborted then click OK to continue Disable the default zone and repeat the operation Contact the next level of support to report the problem Informational message only no action is required Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode through the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box in HAFM then disable the parameters Wai
179. e from the port ensure the fiber optic cables that are disconnected to perform the loopback test are g CAUTION If name server zoning is implemented for the switch by port number reconnected properly A change to the cable configuration disrupts zone operation and may incorrectly include or exclude a device from a zone If the port to be tested is shortwave laser determined in step 4 insert a black multi mode loopback plug into the port receptacle If the port to be tested is longwave laser also determined in step 4 insert a blue single mode loopback plug into the port receptacle At the navigation control panel select Port Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu The Port Diagnostics dialog box displays Figure 3 14 Select a port for test To select a port for test type the port number 0 through 31 in the Port Number field At the Diagnostics Test list box select External Loopback edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information 10 Click Next Beaconing initiates for the port selected for test At the Hardware View a yellow triangle displays at the top of the port At the Port Diagnostics dialog box the message Loopback plug s must be installed on ports being diagnosed displays 11 Verify loopback plug s are installed and click Next The message Verify selected ports are beaconing displays 12 Verify beaconing is enabled then click Next The message Press START TEST to begin diagnostics displays and the
180. e is the internal operating code stored on the switch s CTP card Up to eight versions can be stored on the HAFM server hard drive and made available for download to a switch Service personnel can perform the following firmware management tasks Determine the firmware version active on a switch Add to and maintain a library of up to eight firmware versions on the HAFM server hard drive Modify a firmware description stored on the HAFM server hard drive edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information e Delete a firmware version from the HAFM server hard drive e Download a firmware version to a selected switch Determine a Switch Firmware Version To determine a switch firmware version 1 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch to be inspected for firmware version The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays o Version Description New Figure 3 24 Firmware Library dialog box 4 The firmware version displays at the lower left corner of the dialog box in XX YY ZZ format where XX is the version level YY is the release level and ZZ is the patch level 5 Click Close to return to the Hardware View Add a Firmware Version The firmware version shipped with the switch is provided on the Edge Switch 2
181. e manual Description The number of managed HP products 48 that can be defined to the HAFM application was reached The number of HP products of this type 48 that can be defined to the HAFM application was reached A maximum of four IP addresses for remote workstations can be configured at the Session Options dialog box That number was reached The number of users 32 that can be defined to the HAFM application was reached The maximum number of zone sets that can be defined was reached The maximum number of zones that can be defined was reached The maximum number of zones that can be defined in a zone set was reached Messages Delete an existing product before adding a new product Delete an existing product of this type before adding a new product Delete an existing IP address before adding a new IP address Delete an existing user before adding a new user Delete an existing zone set before adding a new zone set Delete an existing zone before adding a new zone Delete an existing zone before adding a new zone to the zone set Messages A 16 Message Description aon The nickname does not exist The nickname is already assigned Either use a different name or do not save the name as a nickname The software version on this HAFM server is not compatible with the version on the remote HAFM server The zoning library conversion must be completed
182. e sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss ot Signal or Loss o Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Mot Operational primitive sequence MOS received Loss of Signal or Loass of Synchronization Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization COEN If a link incident occurred the affected port number is listed with one of the following messages Link interface incident implicit incident Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Did one of the listed messages display in the Link Incident Log YES NO y The switch appears operational A link incident problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 23 Obtain event codes from the switch Even
183. e switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event B 60 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log ee le de e Je E 7 Event Code 802 Message Port module shutdown due to thermal violations Severity Major Explanation The Port Module has been marked failed and power has been removed from the board due to excessive heat This event follows an indication that the port module hot thresh old level has been surpassed event 801 Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a sys tem power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Event Code 810 High temperature warning CTP card thermal sensor Explanation The thermal sensor associated with a CTP card indicates the warm temperature thresh old was reached or exceeded Action Replace the failed switch Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and faulty switch to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event edge switch 2 32 service manual B 61
184. e switch 2 32 service manual 3 35 Repair Information e Reset the Ethernet local area network LAN interface causing the connection to the HAFM server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers e Automatically enable changes to an active zone configuration e Keep all configured fabric logins name server registrations and operating parameters intact e Automatically set the switch online The blocked state of each Fibre Channel port remains intact NOTE A switch reset or IPL should be performed only if a CTP failure is indicated Do not reset or IPL the switch unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support Reset the Switch Resetting the switch with the IML button causes the switch to perform an initial program load IML that takes approximately 30 seconds To reset the switch 1 At the switch front panel press and hold the IML button for approximately three seconds 2 During the reset the switch to HAFM server Ethernet link drops momentarily and the following occurs at the Product Manager application As the network connection drops the Status table turns yellow the Status field displays No Link and the State field displays a reason message The alert panel at the bottom of the navigation control panel displays a grey square indicating switch status is unknown Illustrated FRUs SFPs fans and power supplies in the Hardware View disappear and app
185. e timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Is one of the listed messages displayed in the Link Incident Log NO YES y Go to step 25 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 67 Diagnostics 2 68 11 A Fibre Channel port SFP failed and must be removed and replaced a Determine the type of SFP to be removed and replaced This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while switch power is on RRP SFP Transceiver on page 4 2 b Perform an external loopback test on the port SFP as part of FRU removal and replacement c Perform the data collection procedure as part of FRU removal and replacement Did port SFP replacement solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support 12 A Fibre Channel port SFP failed an internal or external loopback test a Reset the failed port 1 Atthe Hardware View right click the port A pop up menu displays 2 Select Reset Port A Reset Port n message box displays where n is the port number 0 through 31 MRE 3 Click OK The port resets b Perform an external loopback test for the port SFP Did resetting the port solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 13 The port SFP may be improperly seated in the chassis Partially remove and reseat the SFP then perform an external loopback test for the SFP Did reseating the
186. eans 2 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch for which a firmware version is to be added The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays Version Deserptim O mewn Figure 3 25 Firmware Library dialog box edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information 5 Click New The New Firmware Version dialog box displays E Application Data Cookies Desktop Favorites History Local Settings MetHood Figure 3 26 New Firmware Version dialog box 6 Select the desired firmware version file downloaded in step 1 from the HAFM server CD ROM or hard drive Ensure the correct directory path and filename display in the File name field and click Save The New Firmware Description dialog box displays Figure 3 27 New Firmware Description dialog box 7 Enter a description up to 24 characters for the new firmware version and click OK The description should include the installation date and text that uniquely identify the firmware version 8 A Transfer Complete message box displays indicating the new firmware version is stored on the HAFM server hard drive Click Close to close the message box edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 43 Repair Info
187. ear again as the connection is re established IPL the Switch 3 36 To IPL the switch 1 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch to be IPled The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select IPL from the Maintenance menu The Information dialog box displays edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Figure 3 20 Information dialog box 4 Click Yes to IPL the switch During the IPL the switch to HAFM server Ethernet link drops momentarily and the following occur at the Product Manager application As the network connection drops the Status table turns yellow the Status field displays No Link and the State field displays a reason message The alert panel at the bottom of the navigation control panel displays a grey square indicating switch status 1s unknown Illustrated FRUs SFPs fans and power supplies in the Hardware View disappear and appear again as the connection is re established Set the Switch Online or Offline This section describes procedures to set the switch online or offline These operating states are described as follows e Online when the switch is set online an attached device can log in to the switch if the port is not blocked Attached devices can communicate with each other 1f they are configured in the same zone e Offline when the switc
188. ease contact your sales representative No address selected edge switch 2 32 service manual The specified user datagram protocol UDP port number is invalid The number must be an integer from 1 through 65535 inclusive The specified world wide name format is invalid The valid format is eight two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons XXIXX XX XX XXIXX IXX XX The World Wide Name or nickname that you have specified is invalid The valid format for the World Wide Name is eight two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX The valid format for a nickname is non blank characters up to 32 characters The defined zone no longer exists and is invalid You cannot add a new product or user to HAFM if the maximum number of that resource already exists on the system User selected Fabric Binding or Enterprise Fabric Mode from the Fabrics menu but the SANtegrity feature was not installed You cannot complete the operation because an address has not been selected Verify and enter a valid UDP port number Enter a world wide name using the correct format Try the operation again using a valid World Wide Name or nickname Delete the invalid zone from the zone set Delete unneeded products or users from the system before attempting to add any new ones Install the SANtegrity feature to use Fabric Binding or enable Enterprise Fabric Mode Select an addre
189. econfigure the fabric so the path between any two switches does not traverse more than seven hops Did fabric reconfiguration solve the problem NO YES y The switch and connected multi switch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 9 A 070 event code indicates the E_Port detected an incompatibility with an attached switch and prevented the switches from forming a multi switch fabric A segmented E_port cannot transmit Class 2 or Class 3 Fibre Channel traffic A 071 event code indicates the switch is isolated from all switches in a multi switch fabric and is accompanied by a 070 event code for the segmented E_Port The 071 event code is resolved when all 070 events are corrected Obtain supplementary event data for the 070 event code a Atthe switch Event Log or the Embedded Web Server event log record the first four bytes 0 through 3 of event data b Examine the first five bytes 0 through 4 of event data 2 82 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics c Byte O specifies the port number 00 through 31 of the segmented E_port Byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as listed in the following table Segmentation Reason Action Incompatible operating Go to step 11 parameters Duplicate domain IDs Go to step 12 Incompatible zoning Go to step 13 configurations Build fabric protocol error Go to step 14 No principal switch Go to step 19 No response from attached Go to step 16 s
190. edge switch 2 32 service manual B 41 Event Codes Event Code 508 Fibre Channel port anomaly detected Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated port Action No action required There will be an additional event generated 506 if the diagnostic failure incident results in a port failure Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Byte 1 Anomaly reason code See following chart Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 9 High availability error callout 1 Internally defined Bytes 10 11 High availability error callout 2 Internally defined Byte 12 Detecting port Byte 13 Connected port Byte 14 Participating SBAR Bytes 16 17 High Availability error callout 3 Internally defined Bytes 18 19 High Availability error callout 4 Internally defined Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log tE E ES EOS E Event 508 Anomaly Reason Codes 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Port module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error B 42 edge switch 2 32 service manual 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 Ox0A 0x0B Ox0C Ox0D OxOE OxOF 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 Event Codes SBAR m
191. electricity that can damage or degrade electronic circuitry D e mail See electronic mail Embedded Web Server interface The interface provides a graphical user interface GUI similar to the Product Manager application and supports director or switch configuration statistics monitoring and basic operations With director or switch firmware installed administrators or operators with a browser capable personal computer PC and an Internet connection can monitor and manage the director or switch through an Embedded Web Server interface Glossary 16 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary Embedded Web Server interface timeout If the Embedded Web Server interface is running but no user activity occurs such as viewing different pages refreshing or reconfiguring information the application times out after 30 minutes The user must log in again A login dialog box displays if the user attempts to access any pages after the timeout has occurred Embedded Web Server interface window The window for the Embedded Web Server interface The window is divided into two separate panels the navigation panel on the left and the main panel on the right EMI See electromagnetic interference enhanced availability feature EAF A backup field replaceable unit backup FRU that is ordered and installed to provide redundancy and reduce disruption in case of failure enterprise The entire storage system The series of computers employed la
192. eneral Information Diagnostic software that performs power on self tests POSTs and port diagnostics internal loopback external loopback and Fibre Channel FC wrap tests The FC wrap test applies only when the switch is configured to operate in S 390 mode Automatic notification of significant system events to support personnel or administrators through e mail messages or the call home feature An internal modem in the HAFM server for HP call home support NOTE For directors and switches installed in some legacy environments call home notification requires installation of HP Proactive Service software This service is offered at no additional charge for subsystems covered under an on site warranty or on site storage hardware support contract To register or order Proactive Service software contact your HP customer service representative An RS 232 maintenance port at the rear of the switch port access is password protected that enables installation or service personnel to change the switch s internet protocol IP address subnet mask and gateway address or to run diagnostics and isolate system problems through a local or remote terminal Redundant FRUs small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceivers power supplies and cooling fans that are removed or replaced without disrupting switch or Fibre Channel link operation A modular design that enables quick removal and replacement of FRUs without tools or equipment C
193. ent Log ABE Event Code 584 Message Severity Explanation Action B 50 Not Operational primitive sequence NOS received Major The Not Operational Primitive Sequence NOS has been recognized by the incident node see FC PH clause 16 5 3 2 A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the link incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document lf after fault isolation is per formed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return Zip disk to HP Services for analysis edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 OxOA LF1 Ox0C OL1A Ox0D OL1C OxOE OL2 OxOF OL3 Distribution HAEM AFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail E E C Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Event Code 585 Primitive sequence time out Explanation The incident node has recognized either a Link Reset Protocol LR timeout see FC PH clauses 16 5 2 1 and 16 5 2 3 or a timeout when timing for the appropriate response while in NOS Receive state and after NOS is no longer
194. ent occurred e Event the three digit event code associated with the event Refer to Appendix B for an explanation of event codes edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 6 Repair Information e Description a brief description of the event e Severity the severity of the event Informational Minor Major or Severe e FRU Position an acronym representing the FRU or non FRU elements followed by a number representing the FRU or chassis position The acronyms are SFP Small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver Chassis slots for SFPs inserted in a port are O through 31 The SFPs are FRUs PWR power supply Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are O and 1 The power supplies are FRUs FAN cooling fan Chassis slots for redundant fans are 0 through 3 The cooling fans are FRUs CTP control processor CTP card The chassis slot is O The CTP card is not a FRU THM thermal sensor The chassis slot is O on the CTP card The thermal sensor is not a FRU e Event Data up to 32 bytes of supplementary event data if available for the event in hexadecimal format Refer to Appendix B for an explanation of the supplementary event data Refresh the Event Log To ensure recently created events display in the Event Log periodically refresh the log display This is particularly important when inspecting the log for informational event codes to verify a repair proce
195. entatives cascade Linking two or more Fibre Channel switches to form a larger switch or fabric The switched link through fiber cables attached between one or more expansion ports E_Ports See also expansion port CBY Channel operations running in byte mode This occurs when a channel is attached to a converter and specifies the I O operation mode for the channel path under the I O configuration program IOCP channel path identifier CHPID statement Type parameter Contrast with CVC cell In S 390 mode in a port address matrix a cell is the intersection point between a horizontal port address and a vertical port address A selected cell is indicated by the cell cursor chained Two directors or switches that are physically attached Glossary 8 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary channel 1 A system element that controls one channel path and whose mode of operation depends on the type of hardware attached Each channel controls an I O interface between the channel control element and the attached control units D 2 Point to point link that transports data from one point to the other 3 A connection or socket on the motherboard to controller card A motherboard may have only one or two channels primary and secondary If a motherboard has only one channel it may be necessary to add a controller card to create a secondary channel channel attached 1 Pertaining to direct attachment of devices by data I O c
196. er POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays e Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click OK The Windows desktop displays Did POSTs detect a problem edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 91 Diagnostics 2 92 NO YES Ne A computer hardware problem exists Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the PC for instructions on resolving the problem 4 After rebooting the PC the HAFM application starts and the HAFM Login dialog box displays 22 HAFM Login 3 151 x hp StorageWorks ha fabric manager Did the HAFM Login dialog box display YES NO 4 Go to step 6 5 At the HAFM Login dialog box type a user name password and HAFM server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Did the Product View display and does the HAFM application appear operational NO YES 4 The PC appears operational 6 Perform one of the following e Ifthe PC has standalone diagnostic test programs resident on the hard drive perform the diagnostics Refer to supporting documentation shipped with the PC for instructions e Ifthe PC does not have standalone diagnostic test programs resident on fixed disk go to step 7 Did diagn
197. er a switch to HAFM server Ethernet link failure or CTP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found a Fault isolate the least severe failure indicated Ethernet link problem Go to MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication on page 2 39 b If MAP 400 does not isolate the problem fault isolate the CTP problem Go to MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis on page 2 32 10 Is a red diamond with yellow background failure indicator displayed at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO y Go to step 14 11 Click the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics e Observe whether the Edge Switch 2 32 Status table is yellow and switch status is NOT OPERATIONAL e Inspect FRUs for a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator that overlays a FRU graphic Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a Fibre Channel port graphic NO YES A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 12 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a fan graphic NO YES y A fan failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and
198. erwrite the existing time or date set for the switch or director This message requests confirmation to set the switch or director offline This message requests confirmation to set the switch or director online Action cannot be performed because Periodic Date Time Synchronization option is active Use a port range that is valid for the ports installed Verify that you want to overwrite the current date or time Click OK to set the switch or director offline or Cancel to cancel the operation Click OK to set the switch or director online or Cancel to cancel the operation Click Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box in Configure Date and Time dialog box Configure menu to clear check mark and disable periodic date time synchronization A 33 Messages A 34 Port binding was removed from attached devices that are also participating in Switch Binding Port diagnostics cannot be performed on an inactive port Port speeds cannot be configured at a higher rate than the director switch speed Product manager error lt error number 5001 or A S Product manager instance is currently open Resource is unavailable Send firmware failed Informational message User has removed Port Binding from attached devices but one or more of these devices is still controlled by Fabric Binding This displays when port diagnostics is run on a port in an inactive state This d
199. es eliminating any LSB MSB considerations Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Aid AAA E Event Code 423 Message CTP firmware download initiated Severity Informational Explanation The HAFM server initiated download of a new firmware version to the switch Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with this event witch EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident e Y Y 4 d A Event Code 430 Message Excessive Ethernet transmit errors Severity Informational edge switch 2 32 service manual B 23 Event Codes are represented in hexadecimal format with the least significant byte first Verify the Ethernet cable hub and other devices are properly connected and opera tional Event Data Bytes 0 through 3 sum of all transmit errors total_xmit_error Bytes 4 through 7 frame count where Ethernet adapter does not detect carrier sense at preamble end loss_of_CRSs_cnt Bytes 8 through 11 frame count where Ethernet adapter does not detect a collision within 64 bit times at transmission end SQE_error_cnt Bytes 12 through 15 frame count where Ethernet adapter detects a collision more than 512 bit times after first preamble bit out_of_window_cnt Frame not transmitted Bytes 16 through 19 frame count where transmission is more than 26 ms jabber_cnt Frame not transmitted Ex
200. et Configuration dialog box displays Click Reset When the reset process finishes the dialog box closes and the application returns to the Hardware View Install or Upgrade Software This section describes the procedure to install or upgrade the HAFM application to the HAFM server The HAFM application includes the switch Product Manager and HAFM Services applications The HAFM application shipped with the switch 1s provided on the HAFM applications CD ROM Subsequent software versions for upgrading the switch are provided to customers through the HAFM applications CD ROM or through HP s home page edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 51 Repair Information 3 52 NOTE When installing or upgrading a software version follow all procedural information in the release notes or EC instructions that accompany the software version This information supplements information in this general procedure To install or upgrade the HAFM application and associated applications to the HAFM server 1 Log out of all HAFM application sessions local and remote and exit the HAFM application 2 To obtain the new software version from the HAFM applications CD ROM go to step 4 3 To obtain the new software version from HP s home page a Atthe HAFM server or other personal computer PC with internet access open the HP home page The URL is http www hewlettpackard com b Move the pointer over Services at the top of the home page to open
201. ete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click OK The HAFM application starts and the HAFM Login dialog box displays f Atthe HAFM Login dialog box type a user name password and HAFM server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays HAFM Login E l a hp StorageWorks ha fabric manager Did the switch to HAFM server Ethernet connection recover NO YES The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 2 42 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 5 Is fault isolation being performed at the switch or HAFM server YES NO 4 Remote fault isolation is being performed through the Embedded Web Server interface Go to step 25 6 At the Product View is a grey square displayed at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO 4 The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational The grey square indicates the HAFM server cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to HAFM server Ethernet link failed e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch CTP card failed Because the CTP card is not a FRU replace the switch Continue 7 Inspect the switc
202. ethod for the network D hot pluggable See concurrent maintenance hot spare See field replaceable unit hot swap See concurrent maintenance hot swapping See concurrent maintenance HTTP See hypertext transport protocol hub 1 In Fibre Channel protocol a device that connects nodes into a logical loop by using a physical star topology 2 In Ethernet a device used to connect the HAFM server and the directors it manages hyperlink A predefined link for jumping from one location to another within the same computer or network site or even to a location at a completely different physical location Commonly used on the world wide web for navigation reference and depth where published text will not suffice hypertext transport protocol HTTP A simple protocol that allows world wide web pages to be transferred quickly between web browsers and servers Hz See Hertz Glossary 26 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary ID See identifier identifier ID 1 One or more characters used to identify or name a data element and possibly to indicate certain properties of that data element D T 2 A sequence of bits or characters that identifies a program device or system to another program device or system See also port name IEEE See Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IML See initial machine load inband management Management of the director or switch through Fibre Channel An interf
203. firmware version 1s to be downloaded to the switch The switch resets during the firmware download causing Fibre Channel links to momentarily drop and attached devices to log out and log back in Data frames lost during switch reset must be retransmitted At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays Before downloading firmware version XX YY ZZ to a switch ensure version XX YY ZZ or higher of the HAFM application is running on the HAFM server a Select About from the Help menu The About dialog box displays the HAFM application version Click OK to close the dialog box b If required install the correct version of the HAFM application Install or Upgrade Software on page 3 51 Select the icon representing the switch for which a firmware version 1s to be downloaded The Hardware View for the selected switch displays As a precaution to preserve switch configuration information perform the data collection procedure Collecting Maintenance Data on page 3 32 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Figure 3 31 Firmware Library dialog box 7 Select the firmware version to be downloaded and click Send The send function verifies existence of certain switch conditions before the download begins If an error occurs a message displays indicating the problem mu
204. fter fault isolation is per formed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM B 52 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 OX0A LF1 0x0C OL1A Ox0D OL1C OxOE OL2 OxOF OL3 Distribution HAEM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log PONS UNO EOS INS IONES ESA E SBAR Events 600 through 699 In the Edge Switch 2 32 the SBAR is not a separate assembly therefore not a FRU It is an integral part of the switch s main circuit board SBAR failure requires replacement of the entire switch Event Code 602 SBAR module anomaly detected Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated SBAR module Action No action required There will be an additional event generated 604 if this event results in an SBAR logic failure edge switch 2 32 service manual B 53 Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Anomaly reason code See following chart Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millise
205. ge device s node port s world wide name represents a unique identifier for a logical device on a storage area network Peripherals use LUNs to represent addresses A small computer system interface SCSI device s address can have up to eight LUNs edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 31 Glossary login server Entity within the Fibre Channel fabric that receives and responds to login requests longwave Lasers or light emitting diodes LEDs that emit light with wavelengths around 1300 nm When using single mode 9 nm fiber longwave lasers can be used to achieve lengths greater than 2 Km loopback plug In a fiber optic environment a type of duplex connector used to wrap the optical output signal of a device directly to the optical input Contrast with protective plug Synonymous with wrap plug loopback test Test that checks attachment or control unit circuitry without checking the mechanism itself by returning the output of the mechanism as input LPAR See logical partition LSN See logical switch number LUN See logical unit number MAC address See media access control address main panel 1 The rightmost frame of the windows in HAFM applications 2 The rightmost frame of the Embedded Web Server interface window See also navigation panel maintenance analysis procedure MAP A written or online set of procedures that guide maintenance personnel through step by step instructions for hardware fault is
206. gh the switch and sets attached devices offline b Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 3 38 c Atthe Hardware View or Port Card View for the switch select Operating Parameters from the Configure icon on the navigation control panel The Configure Operating Parameters dialog box displays d Atthe Switch Priority field select Principal Never Principal or Default the default setting is Default Then click Activate e Set the switch online Set Online State on page 3 37 Did the switch priority change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES Y The switches associated ISL and multi switch fabric appear operational edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 89 Diagnostics Contact the next level of support MAP 0800 Console PC Problem Determination This MAP describes isolation of hardware related problems with the HAFM server platform Although this MAP provides high level fault isolation instructions refer to the documentation provided with the PC for detailed problem determination and resolution 1 At the HAFM server close the HAFM application a At the navigation control panel of the Product View select Exit from the Logout Exit icon The HAFM application closes b Close any other applications that are running Continue 2 Inspect the available random access memory RAM The computer must have a minimum of 64 megabytes MB of memory to
207. gical manipulation of link connections to provide physical device attachment D See also active port address matrix connectivity attribute connectivity control connectivity control In S 390 mode in a director or switch the method used to change port address connectivity attributes and determine the communication capability of the link attached to the port D See also active port address matrix connectivity attribute connectivity capability connector Synonym for optical fiber connector console See personal computer server control processor card CTP card Circuit card that contains the director or switch microprocessor The CTP card also initializes hardware components of the system after power on The card may contain an RJ 45 twisted pair connector In the Edge Switch 2 16 and Edge Switch 2 32 the CTP card is the main circuit board of the switch and 1s not replaceable not a FRU credit See buffer to buffer credit CTP card See control processor card customer support Synonym for technical support CVC Channel operations running in block mode This occurs when a channel is attached to a converter This specifies the I O operation mode for the channel path under the I O configuration program IOCP channel path identifier CHPID statement Type parameter Contrast with CBY edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 11 Glossary D database A collection of data with a given structure for accepting storing
208. gle displays on the status bar to indicate a degraded condition However if a blinking red and yellow diamond displays over both power supplies the status bar displays a blinking red and yellow diamond which indicates a failure requiring immediate attention For an explanation of the different status symbols and the reasons they display in the Hardware View or Port List View refer to Table 1 1 Switch Menu Double click the switch graphic away from a FRU to display the Switch Properties dialog box Right click a hardware graphic away from a FRU to display the following options edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Switch Properties Enable Unit Beaconing Clear System Error Light IPL Switch Set Switch Date and Time Set Switch Online State Port Menu Double click a port to display the Port Properties dialog box Right click a port to display the following options Port Properties Node Properties Port Technology Block Port Enable Beaconing Channel Wrap S 390 mode only Swap Ports S 390 mode only Port Diagnostics Clear Link Incident Alert s Reset Port Port Binding Clear Threshold Alert s Note that these same options are available when you click a port on the Hardware View and select the Port secondary menu from the Product menu on the menu bar NOTE For Node Properties if a node is not logged in a message box displays indicating that node information is not available edge switch 2 32 serv
209. h is set offline all switch ports are set offline The switch transmits the offline sequence OLS to attached devices and the devices cannot log in to the switch NOTE When the switch is set offline the operation of attached Fibre Channel devices is disrupted Do not set the switch offline unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support Set Online State To set the switch online 1 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch to be set online The Hardware View for the selected switch displays edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 37 Repair Information 3 At the navigation control panel select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu If the switch is offline the Set Online State dialog box displays indicating the state is OFFLINE CAE PE Figure 3 21 Online State dialog box 4 Click Set Online A warning dialog box displays indicating the switch is to be set online 5 Click OK As the switch comes online inspect the Product Manager application The State field of the Status table displays Online Set Offline State To set the switch offline 1 Notify the customer the switch is to be set offline Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline 2 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 3
210. h reporting the problem for indications of being powered on such as e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO 4 Analysis for an ac power distribution or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 43 Diagnostics 2 44 8 The switch to HAFM server Ethernet link failed Click the icon with the grey square representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View e A grey square displays at the alert panel e No FRUs are visible for the switch e The switch Status table is yellow the Status field displays No Link and the Reason field displays an error message The following table lists the error messages and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures O Eror Message Cation Unknown network address Go to step 21 Go sep za 9 Errors for the switch Ethernet adapter exceeded a threshold the switch to HAFM server link was not connected or the switch to HAFM server link timed out A problem with the Ethernet cable hub or hubs or other LAN attached device is indicated Verify the switch is connected to the HAFM server through one or more Ethernet hubs a Ensure an RJ 45
211. h so that the distance is limited by the fiber attenuation A 62 5 micron core size 1s also supported for compatibility with existing FDDI installations Fiber of this type has smaller bandwidth and in this case the distance is limited by the fiber bandwidth simple mail transfer protocol SMTP A transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP protocol that allows the user to create send and receive text messages SMTP protocols specify how messages are passed across a link from one system to another They do not specify how the mail application accepts presents or stores the mail simple network management protocol SNMP A transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP derived protocol governing network management and monitoring of network devices simple network management protocol community SNMP community Also known as SNMP community string SNMP community is a cluster of managed products in SNMP terminology hosts to which the server or managed product running the SNMP agent belongs simple network management protocol community name SNMP community name The name assigned to a given SNMP community Queries from an SNMP management station to a device running an SNMP agent will only elicit a response if those queries are addressed with the correct SNMP community name simple network management protocol management station SNMP management station An SNMP workstation personal computer PC used to oversee the SNM
212. hannels to a computer 2 Pertaining to devices attached to a control unit by cables not telecommunication lines D Synonymous with local channel wrap test A diagnostic procedure that checks S 390 host to director or host to switch connectivity by returning the output of the host as input The test is host initiated and transmits Fibre Channel frames to a director or switch port A director or switch port enabled for channel wrapping echoes the frame back to the host Class 2 Fibre Channel service Provides a connectionless not dedicated service with notification of delivery or nondelivery between two node ports N_Ports Class 3 Fibre Channel service Provides a connectionless not dedicated service without notification of delivery or nondelivery between two node ports N_Ports Synonymous with datagram Class F Fibre Channel service Used by switches to communicate across interswitch links ISLs to configure control and coordinate a multiswitch fabric Class of Fibre Channel service Defines the level of connection dedication acknowledgment and other characteristics of a connection command 1 A character string from an external source to a system that represents a request for system action 2 A request from a terminal to perform an operation or execute a program 3 A value sent through an I O interface from a channel to a control unit that specifies the operation to be performed D communications tray The communic
213. hat display in pop up message boxes at the HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM application and HP Storage Works Edge Switch 2 32 Product Manager applications The first section of the appendix lists HAFM application messages The second section lists Product Manager messages The text of each message 1s followed by a description and recommended course of action HAFM Application Messages This section lists HAFM application information and error messages in alphabetical order Message Description Acon A zone must have at least one zone member A zone set must have at least one zone All alias zone and zone set names must be unique All zone members are logged edge switch 2 32 service manual When creating a new zone one or more zone members must be added When creating a new zone set one or more zones must be added When creating a new alias zone or zone set the name must be unique Attempt was made to display all zone members not logged in using the Zone Set tab but all members are currently logged in Add one or more zone members to the new zone Add one or more zones to the new zone set Choose a unique name for the new alias zone or zone set Informational message Messages An HAFM application session 1s already active from this workstation Are you sure you want to delete this network address Are you sure you want to delete
214. he Hardware View for the selected switch displays 5 At the navigation control panel select Backup amp Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box displays E 23 25 Figure 3 36 Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box 6 Click Restore A warning message box displays pe Figure 3 37 Warning message box 7 Click Yes When the restore process finishes the Restore Complete dialog box displays edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information bd Figure 3 38 Restore Complete dialog box 8 Click OK to close the dialog box and return to the Hardware View Reset Configuration Data NOTE This procedure resets the switch IP address to the default of 10 1 1 10 and may disrupt server to switch communication To reset the switch data to the factory default settings 1 Notify the customer the switch is to be set offline Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 3 38 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch for which a configuration file is to be reset to factory default settings The Hardware View for the selected switch displays At the navigation control panel select Reset Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Res
215. he length of zone Action names Event Data None Distribution Swich HAFM PHAFM Server Host Nonvola e Di E Mail O E Jue Link tile Error Home Info Incident System Indicator pa edge switch 2 32 service manual B 13 Event Codes Power Supply Events 200 through 299 Event Code 200 Power supply AC voltage failure Explanation Alternating current AC input to the indicated power supply is disconnected or AC cir cuitry in the power supply failed The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the switch Action Ensure the power supply is connected to facility AC power and verify operation of the facility power source If the AC voltage does not recover indicated by event code 203 replace the failed power supply Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and failed power supply to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident AAA TE A E Event Code 201 Message Power supply DC voltage failure Severity Major Explanation Direct current DC circuitry in the power supply failed The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the switch Action Replace the failed power supply Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and failed power supply to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution
216. he mouse to open a list of menus Select Block Port The Block Port n dialog box displays where n is the port number Figure 3 22 Block Port n dialog box 6 Click OK The following occur to indicate the port is blocked and offline The emulated green LED associated with the port extinguishes at the Hardware View The green LED associated with the port extinguishes at the switch A check mark displays in the check box adjacent to the Block Port menu edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 39 Repair Information Unblock a Port To unblock a port l 2 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch with the port to be unblocked The Hardware View for the selected switch displays Move the pointer over the port and right click the mouse to open a list of menus options Select Block Port Note the check mark in the box adjacent to the menu item indicating the port is blocked The Unblock Port n dialog box displays where n is the port number Figure 3 23 Unblock Port n dialog box 5 Click OK The following occur to indicate the port is unblocked and online The emulated green LED associated with the port illuminates at the Hardware View The green LED associated with the port illuminates at the switch The check box adjacent to the Block Port menu option becomes blank Manage Firmware Versions 3 40 Firmwar
217. hed node is available and retry the operation Try again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Try again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Messages Cannot set write authorization without defining a community name Cannot show zoning library No fabric exists Click OK to remove all contents from log Could not export log to file Default zoning is not supported in Open Fabric Mode Device is not a member of a zone in the active zone set Download complete Click OK and start the HAFM Description An SNMP community name has not been configured You cannot show the zoning library if no fabric exists You must have identified a switch or director to HAFM for a fabric to exist This action deletes all contents from the selected log A log file input output I O error occurred and the file could not be saved to the specified destination The disk may be full or write protected A default zone cannot be enabled when the product is enabled for Open Fabric mode Open Fabric mode does not support zone members defined by port numbers The selected device is not a member of a zone in the active zone set and therefore cannot communicate with the other device in the route Download of the HAFM and Product Manager applications is complete Enter a valid community name in the Configure SNMP dialog box Identify an existing swit
218. history of events for an individual director or switch such as system events degraded operation FRU failures FRU removals and replacements port problems Fibre Channel link incidents and HAFM server to product communication problems All detected software and hardware failures are recorded in the Event Log The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification Contrast with HAFM Event Log See also audit log Hardware Log Link Incident Log Threshold Alert Log 2 See HAFM Event Log exchange A term that refers to one of the Fibre Channel protocol building blocks composed of one or more nonconcurrent sequences expansion port E_Port Physical interface on a Fibre Channel switch within a fabric that attaches to an E_Port on another Fibre Channel switch through an interswitch link ISL to form a multiswitch fabric See also bridge port fabric port generic port node port segmented expansion port F fabric Entity that interconnects node ports N_Ports and is capable of routing switching Fibre Channel frames using the destination ID information in the Fibre Channel frame header accompanying the frames A switch is the smallest entity that can function as a complete switched fabric topology fabric element Any active director switch or node in a switched fabric Glossary 18 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary fabric login The process by which node ports N_Ports
219. hp StorageWorks edge switch 2 32 service manual Part Number AA RS2GB TE Second Edition January 2003 This manual describes the HP StorageWorks Edge Switch 2 32 and attached HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM application For service representatives it describes diagnostic procedures repair procedures and the removal and replacement procedures for field replaceable units FRUs An illustrated parts breakdown is included for all FRUs Q invent Hewlett Packard Company 2003 All rights reserved Hewlett Packard Company makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantebili and fitness for a particular purpose Hewlett Packard shall not be liable for errors aed herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material This document contains proprietary information which is protected by copyright No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced or Ranslaled into another language without the prior written consent of Hewlett Packard The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Microsoft MS DOS and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries All other product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies Hewlett Packard Company shall not be liable for
220. hput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput me MOMO Mp 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LA Sr ra a a a a ea a a ea ar A A mmm mh om nm hon a oh 4 oh oh A hh hh mm hh hh MM 1 oh oh Mm Repair Information Name for the alert as configured through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box Port Port number where the alert occurred Type The type of alert transmit TX or receive RX Utilization 3 11 Repair Information Percent usage of traffic capacity This is the percent of the port s throughput capacity achieved by the measured throughput This setting constitutes the threshold value and is configured through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box For example a value of 25 means that threshold occurs when throughput reaches 25 percent of the port s capacity Alert Time The time that the utilization must exist before an alert is generated This is set through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box Interval The time interval during which the throughput is measured and an alert can generate This is set through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box Using Views The HAFM and Product Manager provide access to a series of views windows that provide information for administrators users and
221. ht emitting diode LED on the front of the switch Using Log Information The HAFM and switch Product Manager provide access to ten logs that provide information for administration operation and maintenance personnel Each log stores up to 1 000 entries The most recent entry displays at the top of a log If a log is full a new entry overwrites the oldest entry 3 2 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Five logs are accessed through the HAFM application e HAFM Audit Log e HAFM Event Log e Session Log e Product Status Log e Fabric Log Five logs are accessed through the Product Manager application e Switch Audit Log e Switch Event Log e Hardware Log e Link Incident Log e Threshold Alert Log HAFM Audit Log The HAFM audit log displays a history of user actions performed through the HAFM application This information is useful for system administrators and users To open the HAFM audit log select Audit Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel For a description of the HAFM audit log and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the log window refer to the hp Storage Works High Availability Fabric Manager user guide HAFM Event Log The HAFM Event Log Figure 3 1 displays events or error conditions recorded by the HAFM Services application Entries reflect the status of the application and managed switches Information associated with a call home failure is intende
222. ialog box A pop up window in the user interface with informational messages or fields to be modified or completed with desired options direct current DC Electric current that continuously flows in one direction D Contrast with alternating current director An intelligent highly available Fibre Channel switch providing any to any port connectivity between nodes end devices on a switched fabric The director sends data transmissions data frames between nodes in accordance with the address information present in the frame headers of those transmissions diskette A thin magnetic disk enclosed in a plastic jacket which is removable from a computer and is used to store and transport data D diskette drive The hardware mechanism by which a computer reads data from and writes data to removable diskettes D DNS name Domain name system or domain name service Host or node name for a device or managed product that is translated to an Internet protocol IP address through a domain name server domain A Fibre Channel term describing the most significant byte in the node port N_Port identifier for the Fibre Channel device It is not used in the Fibre Channel small computer system interface FC SCSI hardware path ID It is required to be the same for all SCSI targets logically connected to a Fibre Channel adapter edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 13 Glossary domain ID Domain identifier A number that uniquely ide
223. iated with a call home failure is intended for use by maintenance personnel to fault isolate the problem modem failure no dial tone etc while information provided in all other entries is generally intended for use by third level support personnel to fault isolate more significant problems See also HAFM audit log HAFM Product Status Log HAFM Session Log Event Log HAFM application HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM application 1 Software application that is the system management framework providing the user interface for managing Fibre Channel connectivity products 2 The software application that implements the management user interface for all managed hardware products The HAFM application can run both locally on the HAFM server and remotely on a user workstation HAFM Product Status Log Log displayed though the HAFM application that records an entry when the status of a director or switch changes The log reflects the previous status and current status of a managed product and indicates the instance of a Product Manager application that should be opened to investigate a problem The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification See also HAFM audit log HAFM Event Log HAFM Session Log HAFM server HAFM server A laptop shipped with the product for the purpose of running the HAFM application and HAFM Services applications edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossa
224. ice manual 1 29 General Information 1 30 Port List View Select the Port List View tab A table listing the port number port name port address S 390 mode only the block unblock configuration operating state port type operating speed and alert condition displays in the View panel Figure 1 13 shows an example of the Port List View Figure 1 13 Port List View The Port List View displays information about all ports installed in the switch All data is dynamic and updates automatically Double click any row in this view to display the Port Properties dialog box for the port Right click a port row to display the same menu options that display when you right click a port in the Hardware View or a port s bar graph in the Performance View These include e Port Properties e Node Properties e Port Technology e Block Port e Enable Beaconing e Port Diagnostics e Channel Wrap S 390 mode only edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information e Swap Ports S 390 mode only e Clear Link Incident Alert s e Reset Port e Port Binding e Clear Threshold Alert s Note that these options are also available when you click a port row and select the Port secondary menu from the Product menu on the menu bar FRU List View Select the FRU List View tab A table with information about each of the FRUs installed in the switch displays in the View panel All data is dynamic and updates automatically Figure 1 14 show
225. ick View and select FRU List The FRU List View contains the following columns e FRU an acronym representing the FRU type FRU acronyms are SFP Small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver Chassis slots for SFPs inserted in a port are O through 31 The SFPs are FRUs PWR power supply Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are O and 1 The power supplies are FRUs FAN cooling fan Chassis slots for redundant fans are O through 4 cooling fans The cooling fans are FRUs CTP control processor CTP card The chassis slot is O The CTP card is not a FRU edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 15 Repair Information THM thermal sensor The chassis slot is O on the CTP card The thermal sensor 1s not a FRU e Position a number representing the FRU chassis position The chassis slot position for a nonredundant FRU is 0 The chassis positions for redundant FRUs are O and 1 e Status the FRU status Active or Backup e Part Number the FRU part number e Serial Number the FRU serial number Node List View 3 16 The Node List View Figure 3 9 displays information about all devices attached to the switch through node ports N_Ports The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification To open the Node List View select Node List from the View menu on the navigation control panel Figure 3 9 Node List View The Node List Vie
226. ident gt B 8 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Code 072 Message E Port connected to unsupported switch Severity Informational Explanation The switch is attached through an ISL to an incompatible fabric element director or switch Action Disconnect the ISL Event Data No supplementary data included with this event witch EWS E Mail Call Sense Link Home Info Incident Severity Message Fabric Init Error Explanation There was an error detected in the fabric initialization sequence Most problems are caused by frame delivery errors The Event data is intended for engineering evaluation of the problem It includes a reason code and if applicable a list of ports that problems were detected over Action Perform a data collection operation and contact a service representative Event Data Byte 0 The error Reason Code 01 Error no notification for principal switch Not principal switch and never receives AAI DIA from the principal switch 02 Error domain ID not assigned Not principal switch and got no response to RDI Unable to allocate a domain ID 03 Fabric initialization completed and discovered neighbor switches not in local domain ID list After the fabric init sequence completes directly connected switches are not included in the local domain id list 04 FF Reserved edge switch 2 32 service manual B 9 Event Codes Nonvola System Event E Mail Call
227. iew Figure 1 9 illustrates the rear of the switch The FRUs on the rear panel include two power supplies and four individual cooling fan FRUs SFP Transceivers A single mode or multi mode fiber optic cable attaches to a port through a small form factor pluggable SFP transceiver The SFP provides a duplex LC interface and can be detached from the switch port for easy replacement Two fiber optic transceiver types are available e Shortwave laser Shortwave laser SFPs provide short distance connections 2 to 500 meters through 50 micron or 62 5 micron multi mode fiber e Longwave laser Longwave laser SFPs provide long distance connections up to 10 kilometers through 9 micron single mode fiber e Extended reach laser Extended reach laser SFPs provide long distance connections up to 35 kilometers through 9 micron single mode fiber Cooling Fans Four fans each a separate FRU provide cooling for the switch power supplies and the control processor CTP card as well as redundancy for continued operation if a single fan fails Each fan FRU can be replaced while the switch is operating edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Power Supplies Redundant load sharing power supplies step down and rectify facility input power to provide 3 3 volts direct current VDC 5 VDC and 12 VDC to the CTP The power supplies also provide input filtering overvoltage protection and overcurrent protection Either power s
228. ile and retry the operation Verify and enter a valid product IP address A 29 Messages A 30 Invalid port number Invalid port number Valid ports are 0 31 Invalid response received from director Invalid UDP port number Invalid value for BB Credit Invalid value for day 1 31 Invalid value for E D TOV Invalid value for hour 0 Al Description The Fibre Channel number entered is invalid The port number must be an integer from 0 through 63 inclusive Port number must be within the range of ports for the specific switch model For this model the valid port numbers are 0 31 An error occurred at the switch or director during a firmware download operation The specified user datagram protocol UDP port number is invalid The number must be an integer from 1 through 65535 inclusive At the Configure Operating Parameters dialog box the buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit value must be an integer from 1 through 60 inclusive At the Configure Date and Time dialog box the DD value day must be an integer from 1 through 31 inclusive At the Configure Operating Parameters dialog box the error detect time out value E_D_TOV must be an integer from 2 through 600 inclusive At the Configure Date and Time dialog box the HH value hour must be an integer from 0 through 23 inclusive Verify and enter a valid port number Enter a port number within the
229. implementation of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE Ethernet standard on 24 gauge unshielded twisted pair wiring a baseband medium at 10 Mbps 100BaseT An implementation of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE Ethernet standard on 24 gauge unshielded twisted pair wiring a baseband medium at 100 Mbps A AC See alternating current access The ability and means necessary to store data in to retrieve data from to transfer data into to communicate with or to make use of any resource of a storage device a system or area such as random access memory RAM or a register access control A list of all devices that can access other devices across the network and the permissions associated with that access See also persistent binding zoning edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 1 Glossary access time The amount of time including seek time latency and controller time necessary for a storage device to retrieve information active configuration In S 390 mode the director or switch configuration that is determined by the status of the connectivity attributes active field replaceable unit Active FRU A FRU that is currently operating as the active and not the backup FRU See also backup field replaceable unit active FRU See active field replaceable unit active port address matrix In S 390 mode an active port address matrix is the port address matrix that is currentl
230. in Figure 1 11 menu bar view tabs Status table View panel and status bar Use features in these panels to configure switch operation monitor performance and access maintenance features edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 23 General Information Menu Bar The menu bar on the Product Manager window displays tabs for the following menus Product Configure Logs Maintenance Help Click one of the tabs to display a list of menu options Click an option to open a dialog box that allows you to perform configuration and maintenance tasks and view logs If a menu option contains a check box In the box to add a check mark and enable a function Click a check box containing a check mark to remove the check mark and disable the function Product Manager Diagnostics The Product Manager application provides a Java based GUI to manage monitor and isolate problems for a specific switch The application operates locally on the HAFM server or through an Ethernet LAN connection from a remote user workstation Hardware View 1 24 The Hardware View Figure 1 1 1 illustrates the following elements edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information O Menu Bar View Panel View Tabs O Status Bar Figure 1 11 Hardware View Service personnel can perform the following maintenance and diagnostic functions from the application Observe the operational status and state name description and location for the selected switch at
231. in order through the fabric to their destination resource allocation time out value R_A TOVis a value used to time out operations that depend on the maximum possible time that a frame could be delayed in a fabric and still be delivered RFI See radio frequency interference ROM See read only memory Contrast with random access memory router An attaching device that connects two local area network LAN segments which use similar or different architectures at the reference model network layer D Contrast with bridge RS 232 The Electronic Industry Association EIA recommended specification for asynchronous serial interfaces between computers and communications equipment It specifies both the number of pins and type of connection but does not specify the electrical signals D S S 390 mode The mode that is most useful when attaching to IBM S 390 Enterprise servers See also open systems mode operating mode SA MVS See System Automation for Operating System 390 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 43 Glossary SAN See storage area network system area network SA OS 390 See System Automation for Operating System 390 scalable Refers to how well a system can adapt to increased demands For example a scalable network system could start with just a few nodes but easily expands to thousands of nodes Scalability is important because it allows the user to invest in a system with confidence that a busines
232. indicate operational status as follows The green LED illuminates or blinks if there is active traffic and the amber LED extinguishes to indicate normal port operation The amber LED illuminates and the green LED extinguishes to indicate a port failure Both LEDs extinguish to indicate a port is operational but not communicating no SFP installed no cable attached loss of light port blocked or link recovery in process The amber LED flashes and the green LED illuminates or blinks if there is active traffic to indicate beaconing 1s set for the port edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 19 Repair Information The amber LED flashes and the green LED extinguishes to indicate a port 1s running online diagnostics or beaconing is set and the port is not communicating no SFP installed no cable attached loss of light port blocked or link recovery in process Hardware View 3 20 The Hardware View Figure 3 11 displays a representation of and associated information about a specified switch This information is useful to maintenance personnel for port specific fault isolation and repair verification link incidents and port segmentation problems Port operational state information from the Port Properties dialog box Figure 3 12 Port LED behavior that emulates the operational status of the corresponding real switch Refer to Table 1 1 on page 1 23 for an explanation of green and amber LED behavior Colored alert symbols
233. ing with the HAFM server through a corporate intranet Management through the command line interface CLI The CLI allows you to access many HAFM and Product Manager applications while entering commands during a telnet session with the switch The primary purpose of the CLI is to automate management of a large number of switches using scripts The CLI is not an interactive interface no checking is done for pre existing conditions and no prompts display to guide users through tasks Refer to the hp StorageWorks CLI reference guide for directors and edge switches Figure 1 2 illustrates an example of out of band product management In the figure the managed product is an Edge Switch 2 32 edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 3 General Information 1 4 SHR 2314b O SNMP management workstation O HAFM server Remote user workstation O Web browser HP Ethernet hub O Edge Switch 2 32 Figure 1 2 Out of Band Product Management The following inband management access methods are provided as options Management through the product s open system management server OSMS that communicates with an application client The application resides on an open systems interconnection OSI device attached to a switch port and communicates using Fibre Channel common transport FC CT protocol Product operation port connectivity zoning and fabric control are managed through a device attached console Managemen
234. ing offline this is a transitional state that occurs just prior to the switch going offline Unless a problem occurs this state displays only briefly edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information LED Emulation At the Hardware View for the selected switch simulated LEDs illuminate on FRUs and adjacent to port SFPs to emulate the operation of LEDs on the corresponding hardware Simulated PWR and ERR LEDs also illuminate to emulate the operation of LEDs on the corresponding switch front panel For an explanation of LED operation refer to FRU Status LEDs Product Manager Status Symbols A status bar at the bottom of the window displays a colored symbol green circle yellow triangle red diamond with yellow background or grey square that indicates the worst case status of the selected switch The meaning of the status symbol is consistent with the icon explanations in Table 1 1 As an example for a single SFP fan or power supply failure a blinking red and yellow diamond displays at the FRU illustration in the Hardware View However the status bar displays a yellow triangle to indicate degraded operation If a blinking red and yellow diamond displays over multiple FRUs the status bar displays a red and yellow diamond indicating a critical failure and the switch is not operational The following colored symbols overlay graphical FRUs to represent failed or degraded status for the corresponding switch FRU e Failed FRU in
235. ion or describe a specific action to be performed MAPs provide information to interpret system event information isolate a switch failure to a single FRU remove and replace the failed FRU and verify switch operation The fault isolation process normally begins with MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 Ensure the correct switch 1s selected for service 1f the HAFM server manages multiple switches or other HP products by enabling unit beaconing at the failed switch The amber system error LED on the switch front panel blinks when beaconing is enabled Instructions to enable beaconing are incorporated into MAP steps Remote Workstation Configurations Using a standard web browser the HAFM and Product Manager applications can be downloaded and installed on remote user workstations that are LAN attached to the HAFM server Operators at these workstations can manage and monitor switches controlled by the HAFM server A maximum of nine concurrent users including a local user can log in to the HAFM application Each remote workstation must have access to the LAN segment on which the HAFM server 1s installed Switch administrative functions are accessed through the LAN and HAFM server The LAN interface can be e Part of the customer s public 10 100 Mbps LAN segment that provides access to managed switches This switch to HAFM server LAN connection is part of the equipment rack installation and is required Connection of remote workstations thro
236. ional units in achieving communication 2 In systems network architecture the meanings of and sequencing rules for requests and responses for managing the network transferring data and synchronizing network component states 3 A specification for the format and relative timing of data exchanged between communicating devices D J edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 41 Glossary public device A loop device that can transmit a fabric login command FLOGI to a switch receive acknowledgement from the switch s login server register with the switch s name server and communicate with fabric attached devices Public devices communicate with fabric attached devices through the switch s bridge port B_Port connection to a director or switch Contrast with private device pull down menu See drop down menu PWA See printed wiring assembly R radio frequency interference RFI Electromagnetic radiation which is emitted by electrical circuits carrying rapidly changing signals as a by product of the normal operation and which causes unwanted signals interference or noise to be induced in other circuits RAM See random access memory random access memory RAM A group of computer memory locations that is numerically identified to allow high speed access by the controlling microprocessor A memory location is randomly accessed by referring to its numerical identifier D Contrast with read only memory See also dynami
237. is edge switch 2 32 service manual FRU Removal and Replacement 6 Remove a non IBM SFP from the chassis a Simultaneously squeeze the metal latches on the sides of the SFP to disengage the SFP from the port receptacle b Pull the SFP out of the chassis 7 At the HAFM server s Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs icon The Event Log displays Ensure the following event code displays in the log 510 SFP hot insertion initiated Replacement To install an SFP in a switch port 1 Remove the replacement SFP from its shipping container 2 If the SFP was not manufactured by IBM Corporation go to step 3 Insert an IBM manufactured SFP into the port receptacle a Ensure the IBM label is at the top and the alignment groove is at the bottom b Verify the SFP is aligned in the receptacle then slide it forward until it seats firmly c Flip the wire bale handle of the SFP downward 90 degrees 3 Insert a non IBM SFP into the G_Port receptacle a Ensure the label that identifies the OEM of the SFP is at the top and the alignment groove is at the bottom b Verify the SFP is aligned in the receptacle then slide it forward until it seats 4 Perform an external loopback test for the port refer to External Loopback Test on page 3 28 If the test fails go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem 5 Connect the fiber optic jumper cable to the port SFP a Remove the protective cap from the cable connecto
238. is down or busy or because the switch or director is busy A firmware version could not be written from the HAFM server to FLASH memory on the switch s CTP2 card The date is entered incorrectly at the Configure Date and Time dialog box Individual field entries may be correct but the overall date is invalid for example a day entry of 31 for a 30 day month Messages Reinstall the HAFM and Product Manager applications If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation again If the condition persists contact the next level of support Verify each entry is valid and consistent A 25 Messages A 26 Message Description aon device WWN cannot be removed from the Switch Membership List while participating in Switch Binding The device must be isolated from the switch or Switch Binding deactivated before it can be removed Device applications should be terminated before starting diagnostics Press NEXT to continue Disabling Insistent Domain ID will disable Fabric Binding Do you want to continue Disabling Switch Binding will disable Enterprise Fabric Mode Do you want to continue User attempted to remove a device WWN from the Switch Membership List
239. isplays when you configure a port to 2 GB sec and the switch speed is set to 1 Gb sec At the Configure Operating Parameters dialog box the R_A TOV entry must be greater than E_D_TOV entry A Product Manager window is open The specified operation cannot be performed because the product is unavailable A firmware download operation failed edge switch 2 32 service manual Review the Switch Binding Membership List to determine if the devices should be members Run the diagnostics on an active port Set the port speed to 1 Gb sec in the Configure Ports dialog box Verify and change one of the entries to make the relationship valid Informational message only Verify that the HAFM server to product link is up If the link is up the HAFM server may be busy Try the operation again later Retry the firmware download operation If the problem persists contact the next level of Support Messages Message Description aon SNMP trap If an SNMP community name is Enter a address not defined a corresponding SNMP corresponding SNMP defined trap recipient address must also trap recipient be defined address Stop diagnostics Diagnostics for the port was not Verify port operation failed The test running and the Stop was Retry diagnostics for is already selected on the Port Diagnostics port and select Stop running dialog box Diagnostics quit for from the dialog box If the port but Sto
240. itch 2 32 305 Sixth cooling fan failed does not apply Go to step 8 to Edge Switch 2 32 306 First cooling fan in fan FRU assembly Go to step 8 failed does not apply to Edge Switch 2 32 Second cooling fan in fan FRU Go to step 8 assembly failed does not apply to Edge Switch 2 32 604 SBAR failure Go to step 14 05 6 SBAR revision not supported Go to step 12 800 High temperature warning port Go to step 8 module sensor 801 Critically hot temperature warning Go to step 8 port module thermal sensor 802 Port module shutdown due to thermal Go to step 8 violations edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 59 Diagnostics 805 High temperature warning SBAR Go to step 8 thermal sensor Critically hot temperature warning Go to step 8 SBAR thermal sensor SBAR shutdown due to thermal Go to step 8 violation High temperature warning CTP Go to step 8 thermal sensor Critically hot temperature warning Go to step 8 CTP thermal sensor CTP shutdown due to thermal Go to step 8 violation System shutdown due to CTP thermal Go to step 8 violations 3 Is remote fault isolation being performed at the switch or HAFM server YES NO y Remote fault isolation is being performed through the Embedded Web Server interface Go to step 6 4 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator overlay a fan cooling fan assembly graphic at the Hardware View NO YES y Go to step 8
241. ith the same name contain identical zone members 4 Build fabric protocol error A protocol error was detected during incorporation of the switch into the fabric Disconnect the E_Port link reconnect the link and initial pro gram load IPL the switch If the condition persists perform the data collection proce dure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel 5 No principal switch No director or switch in the fabric can become the principal switch Modify the switch priority to any value other than 255 6 No response from attached switch hello timeout The switch periodically veri fies operation of attached fabric elements directors or switches The switch E_Port at the operational switch times out and segments if the attached device does not respond Check the status of the attached director or switch If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure at the attached device and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel 7 ELP retransmission failure timeout A switch that exhibits a hardware or link fail ure attempted to join a fabric and transmitted multiple exchange link protocol ELP frames to a fabric element director or switch However because of the problem the switch did not receive responses to the ELP frames and did not receive a fabric login FLOGI frame After five ELP transmission attempts the switch E_Port failed switch times out and segments Refer to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perf
242. ith the switch because e The switch to PC Internet Ethernet link could not be established e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch CTP failed Go to step 12 22 Inspect the power supply operational states at the Embedded Web Server interface a At the View panel click the Component Properties tab The View panel Component Properties tab displays b Inspect the State fields for Power Supply 0 and Power Supply 1 Does the State field display a Failed orNot Installed message for either power supply NO YES y A redundant power supply failure is indicated Go to step 6 The switch appears operational MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 2 32 When the switch is powered on it performs a series of power on self tests POSTs When POSTs complete the switch performs an initial program load IPL that loads firmware and brings the unit online This MAP describes fault isolation for problems that may occur during the POST IPL process If an error is detected the POST IPL process continues in an attempt to initialize the switch and bring it online But an event code 400 displays when the switch completes the POST IPL process 1 Was an event code 400 or 411 observed at the switch Event Log HAFM server or at the Embedded Web Server event log YES NO edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics y Analysis for the failure is not described in this MAP Go to
243. l applications SMTP See simple mail transfer protocol SNMP See simple network management protocol SNMP community See simple network management protocol community SNMP community name See simple network management protocol community name SNMP management station See simple network management protocol management station SNMP v1 See simple network management protocol version 1 SNMP v2 See simple network management protocol version 2 SRAM See static random access memory SSP See system services processor state The state of the switch or director Possible values include online offline testing and faulty See offline state online state Glossary 46 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary static random access memory SRAM SRAM is microprocessor cache random access memory It is built internal to the microprocessor or on external chips SRAM 1s fast but relatively expensive D Contrast with dynamic random access memory storage area network SAN A high performance data communications environment that interconnects computing and storage resources so that the resources can be effectively shared and consolidated stored addresses In S 390 mode a method for configuring addresses subnet A portion of a network that shares a common address component On transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP networks subnets are defined as all devices whose IP addresses have the same prefix Dividing a
244. l lool 1 11 HAFM Server Specifications il cio aid ai td 1 12 A Ae enn cates E E ess erie een tee omen T Hata te ae ee 1 12 Embedded Web Server Interface cedro A ados 1 13 Maintendnce Approach sca eeu a ds wae ae Mo eos dad aaa 1 13 Remote Workstation Configurations 0 0c cc eee eee eens 1 14 Minimum Remote Console Hardware Specificati0NS oooooo 1 16 Field Replaccable US dd iii 1 17 edge switch 2 32 service manual iii SFP Transceivers sar ts as nie rl ita a 1 18 Coone Pals cdi dde dal dde Do ri pd e ae ae 1 18 Power SopplES 2 nous a eget los v Cots Haw Pha a lalala 1 19 Connectors and Indicators i224 952 A as 1 19 Initial Machine Load BUON ios id a 1 19 Ethernet LAN Connector trates ls ii a od 1 20 Powerand system Error LEDS ecos wid ioe rio deso ded 1 20 FRU Stats dE DS unas a dla ok An 1 20 NMamtenance POs col os ria Eva EA strains 1 21 Software Diasnostic Feat r S e veais a a a dilo 1 21 HAP NV Did Noses 1 A 1 21 HAEM Status Symbols v0 0 oi Pahoa a tarada 1 23 Hardware View Layout and Function 0 0 0 0 cece ooo 1 23 Men Dt asa ae de dea ees leche eas alo id ale 1 24 Product Manager Diagnostics ooooooooooonorroooro eens 1 24 Hard Ware VIEW sees air ala pa a dd Pati so BS lata 1 24 Status Tablero Ni NA Ra 1 26 LEDO pots onthe whose cons daa a ds 1 27 Product Manager Status Symbols o o oooooooooooorrrooo oo 1 27 NeW Tari dde hs ae Goon eee eee eas 1 27 NA
245. ld result in injury WARNING To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component allow the surface to cool before touching Power supplies or systems marked with these symbols indicate the presence of multiple sources of power ET ET WARNING To reduce the risk of injury from electrical shock ra ra remove all power cords to completely disconnect power from the power supplies and systems Any product or assembly marked with these symbols indicates that the component exceeds the recommended weight for one individual to handle safely WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to the equipment observe local occupational health and safety requirements and guidelines for manually handling material Rack Stability sure that e The leveling jacks are extended to the floor e The full weight of the rack rests on the leveling jacks e In single rack installations the stabilizing feet are attached to the rack e In multiple rack installations the racks are coupled e Only one rack component is extended at any time A rack may become unstable if more than one rack component is extended for any reason 1 WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to the equipment be xiv edge switch 2 32 service manual About This Manual Getting Help If you still have a question after reading this manual contact an HP authorized service provider or access our website http thenew hp com HP Technical Support
246. lied server platform for the HAFM application The server platform just have lomega QuikSync and a Zip drive To back up the switch configuration file to the HAFM server c HafmData 1 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch for which a configuration file is to be backed up The Hardware View for the selected switch displays a At the navigation control panel select Backup amp Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box displays E jee 25 Figure 3 34 Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box 4 Click Backup When the backup process finishes the Backup Complete dialog box displays bed Figure 3 35 Backup Complete dialog box 5 Click OK to close the dialog box and return to the Hardware View edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 49 Repair Information Restore the Configuration 3 50 To restore the switch configuration file from the HAFM server 1 Notify the customer that the switch is to be set offline Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline YY Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 3 38 3 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 4 Select the icon representing the switch for which a configuration file is to be restored T
247. link ISL Operating Speed The speed at which the port is operating edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 13 Repair Information Alert If link incident LIN alerts are configured for the port through the Configure Ports dialog box a yellow triangle displays in the column when a link incident occurs A yellow triangle also displays if beaconing is enabled for the port A red and yellow diamond displays if the port fails Click anywhere in the port row to open the Port Properties dialog box Right click anywhere in the port row to open a menu to Open the Port Properties dialog box Open the Node Properties dialog box Display the Port Technology dialog box Block or unblock the port Enable port beaconing Perform port diagnostics Enable or disable port channel wrapping This menu option displays only when the switch is configured for S 390 operating mode Swap one Fibre Channel port address with another This menu option displays only when the switch is configured for S 390 operating mode Clear link incident alerts Reset the port Configure Port Binding FRU List View The FRU List View Figure 3 8 on page 3 15 displays a list of all switch FRUs The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification 3 14 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information pen _ _ Q _ Y Figure 3 8 FRU List View To open the FRU List View from the Hardware View cl
248. link and switch appear operational Go to step 4 25 A link incident message appeared in the Link Incident Log or in the Link Incident field the Port Properties dialog box Clear the link incident for the port a Atthe Hardware View right click the port graphic A pop up menu displays b Select Clear Link Incident Alert s The Clear Link Incident Alert s dialog box displays c Select the This port n only radio button where n is the port number and click OK The link incident clears d Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 75 Diagnostics y The problem is transient The Fibre Channel link and the switch appear operational 26 Inspect the fiber optic jumper cable attached to the port and ensure the cable is not bent and connectors are not damaged If the cable is bent or connectors are damaged a Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer system administrator stops Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached switch or device offline b Block the port Block a Port on page 3 39 c Remove and replace the fiber optic jumper cable d Unblock the port Unblock a Port on page 3 40 Was a corrective action performed YES NO y Go to step 28 27 Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO y The Fibre Channel link a
249. llustrated FRUs in the Hardware View disappear and appear again as the connection is re established After the IPL a Send firmware complete message displays as shown below E Figure 3 33 Send firmware complete message 9 Click Close to close the dialog box 10 Click Close to close the Firmware Library dialog box and return to the Hardware View Manage Configuration Data 3 48 The Product Manager application provides maintenance options to back up restore or reset the configuration file stored in nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM on the switch CTP card Configuration data in the file include e Identification data switch name description and location e Port configuration data port names blocked states and port validation auto LIP and LIN alert configurations e Operating parameters loop mode error detect time out value _D_TOV resource allocation time out value R_A_ TOV and preferred domain ID edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information e Simple network management protocol SNMP configuration information including trap recipients community names and write authorizations Zoning configuration information including the active zone set and default zone State NOTE The switch must be set offline prior to restoring or resetting the configuration file Back Up the Configuration NOTE The ability to back up configuration data may not exist if the user has a customer supp
250. louts Words 2 and 4 error SBAR Module detected external parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Ox0B SBAR Module detected lost of system HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 clock Port Module detected lost of system clock SBAR detected invalid request from port Internal SBAR parity error User port internal protocol error User port internal parity error User port internal buffer range error User port internal time out 1 User port internal time out 2 User port internal frame error bad delim HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 iter User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 B 28 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 frame User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x1C User port detected unexpected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 transmission 0x1D User port internal frame error invalid HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 trailer 0x1E User port detected frame internal integrity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x22 User port detected internal frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error long frame
251. lti switch fabrics eliminate requirements for dedicated connections and enable the enterprise to become data centric A SAN provides speed high capacity and flexibility for the enterprise and is primarily based upon Fibre Channel architecture The switch implements Fibre Channel technology that provides a bandwidth of 2 125 gigabits per second redundant switched data paths a scalable number of active ports and long transmission distances up to 35 kilometers This chapter describes the switch and attached HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM server The chapter specifically discusses e Switch management error detection and reporting features serviceability features zoning multi switch fabrics and specifications e The HAFM server and minimum hardware specifications e Remote workstation configurations and hardware specifications e Maintenance approach e Field replaceable units FRUs e Connectors and indicators e Software diagnostic features e Tools and test equipment edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 1 General Information Switch Description The switch can be installed on a table or desk top or mounted in an equipment cabinet or in any standard equipment rack Multiple switches and the HAFM server communicate on a local area network LAN through one or more 10 100Base T Ethernet hubs One or more 12 port Ethernet hubs are optional and can be ordered with the switch Up to three hubs are
252. maintenance personnel These views are accessed through the Hardware View and include the Port List View FRU List View Node List View Performance View Topology View Zoning View Port List View The Port List View Figure 3 7 lists and provides status information for all switch ports The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 12 Repair Information To open the Port List View select Port List from the View menu on the navigation control panel Figure 3 7 Port List View The port row provides status information in the following columns Port the port number 0 through 31 Addr the switch logical port address in hexadecimal format S 390 operating mode only Name the port name configured through the Configure Ports dialog box Blocked Config the status Blocked or Unblocked of the port State the state of the port Valid states are Online offline or testing Beaconing Invalid Attachment Link incident or link reset No light not operational or port failure Segmented E_Port Type The type of port Valid port types are a generic port G_Port that is not connected to a Fibre Channel device or switch therefore light is not transmitted fabric port F_Port that is connected to a device or an expansion port E_Port that is connected to another switch to form an interswitch
253. mat for the World Wide Name is eight two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX The valid format for a nickname is non blank characters up to 32 characters Messages Verify and enter a valid time Verify and enter a valid date Verify and enter a valid number Verify and enter a valid time Verify and enter a four digit value for the year Enter a world wide name using the correct format Try the operation again using a valid World Wide Name or nickname A 31 Messages Message Description amon Link dropped The HAFM server to switch or Retry the operation If director Ethernet link was the condition persists dropped contact the next level of support Log is currently Access to the log is denied Retry the operation in use because the log was opened by later If the condition another instance of the Product persists contact the Manager application next level of support Maximum number The number of firmware versions Delete an existing of versions that can be defined to the HAFM firmware version already application s firmware library was before adding a new installed reached version MCDATA The user selected Switch Binding Install the SANtegrity SANtegrity from the Configure menu butthe key through the Feature not optional SANtegrity feature is not Configure Feature installed installed Key dialog box Please contact before using Switch yo
254. me Info Incident Log eee a e e LA Event Code 812 Message CTP card shutdown due to thermal violation Severity Major Explanation A CTP failed and was powered off because of excessive heat This event follows an indi cation that the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded event code 811 Action Replace the failed switch Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and faulty switch to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch HAFM Server Host EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log Event Code 850 Message System shutdown due to CTP card thermal violations Severity Severe Explanation The switch powered off because of excessive thermal violations on the CTP card Action Replace the failed switch Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk and faulty switch to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution HAFM Server Host witch EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log AAA E A TE PBE pni B 64 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary This glossary defines terms used in this manual or related to this product and is not a comprehensive glossary of computer terms NUMERICS 8B 10B A data encoding scheme developed by IBM translating byte wide data to an encoded 10 bit format 10BaseT An
255. me basic recovery functions original equipment manufacturer OEM A company that has a special relationship with computer producers OEMs buy components and customize them for a particular application They sell the customized computer under their own name OEMs may not actually be the original manufacturers They are usually the customizers and marketers OS See operating system OS 390 See Operating System 390 Glossary 38 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary OSI See Open Systems Architecture OSMS See open systems management server out of band management Transmission of management information using frequencies or channels other than those routinely used for information transfer P packet In Fibre Channel protocol Logical unit of information usually in the form of a data frame transmitted on a network It contains a header with all relevant addressing and timing information the actual data and a trailer which contains the error checking function usually in the form of a cyclic redundancy check and frequently user data panel A logical component of the interface window Typically a heading and or frame marks the panel as an individual entity of the window Size and shape of the panel and its data depend upon the purpose of the panel and may or may not be modified PC See personal computer persistent binding A form of server level access control that uses configuration information to bind a se
256. menu of port related actions The options available on this menu are the same as those that are available when you right click a port in the Hardware View or right click a row in the Port List View These include e Port Properties e Node Properties e Port Technology e Block Port e Enable Beaconing e Port Diagnostics e Channel Wrap S 390 mode only e Swap Ports S 390 mode only e Clear Link Incident Alert s e Reset Port e Port Binding e Clear Threshold Alert s Note that these same options are also available when you click a port s graph then select the Port secondary menu from the Product menu on the menu bar The bottom portion of the Performance View displays cumulative statistical information for the port selected in the bar graph Click the Refresh button to update the data with current data from the port Click the Clear button to clear all of the counters to zero for the selected port and to place an entry in the audit log indicating that statistics for the port have been cleared NOTE Clearing the counters clears the statistics for all users Status Bar 1 34 The status bar is located along the bottom of the Product Manager window This includes a symbol that displays at the left side of the bar and messages that display in the panel to the right of the symbol The symbol indicates the current operating status of the switch and the messages display to provide more description of menu options as you move the c
257. mer do not perform any repair action b If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is not acceptable to the customer remove and replace the switch Exit MAP 30 Is the ERR LED blinking YES NO y Go to step 32 31 Unit beaconing is enabled for the switch a Consult the customer and next level of support to determine the reason unit beaconing is enabled b Disable unit beaconing 1 Atthe Hardware View right click the front bezel graphic away from a FRU A pop up menu displays 2 Click Enable Unit Beaconing The check mark disappears from the box adjacent to the option and unit beaconing is disabled Was unit beaconing enabled because an switch failure or degradation was suspected YES NO 4 The switch appears operational edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 17 Diagnostics 2 18 Go to step 25 32 Is the ERR LED illuminated YES NO y The switch appears operational Verify operation at the HAFM server Go to step 3 33 Check FRUs port SFPs fans power supplies for failure symptoms Is the amber LED adjacent to a port SFP illuminated NO YES e A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 2 63 34 Is the amber LED at the lower left corner of a fan illuminated NO YES 4 A fan failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to
258. n e Internal loopback test an internal loopback test checks internal port serializer and deserializer circuitry and checks for the presence of a SFP but does not check fiber optic components of the installed SFP The test can be performed with a switch or device attached to a port The test momentarily blocks the port and 1s disruptive to the attached device e External loopback test an external loopback test checks all port circuitry including fiber optic components of the installed SFP To perform the test the attached switch or device must be quiescent and disconnected from the port and a multi mode or single mode loopback plug must be inserted in the SFP receptacle Internal Loopback Test 3 26 To perform an internal loopback test for a single port 1 Notify the customer that a disruptive internal loopback test is to be performed on a port Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached devices offline NOTE An SFP transceiver must be installed in the port during the test A switch can remain attached during the test 2 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch to be tested The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 Atthe Hardware View verify the location of the port to be tested When the mouse pointer is passed over the graphical port on the front view of
259. n A terminal or microcomputer usually connected to a network or mainframe at which a user can perform applications world wide names WWN Eight byte string that uniquely identifies a Fibre Channel entity that is a port a node a switch a fabric even on global networks Glossary 52 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary wrap plug Synonym for loopback plug wrap test A test that checks attachment or control unit circuitry without checking the mechanism itself by returning the output of the mechanism as input A wrap test can transmit a specific character pattern through a system and compare the pattern received with the pattern transmitted D write authorization Permission for an simple network management protocol SNMP management station with the proper community name to modify writable management information base MIB variables WWN See world wide names Z zip drive A high capacity floppy disk and disk drive developed by the Iomega Corporation Zip disks are slightly larger than conventional floppy disks The storage capacity for zip disks is between 100 and 250 MB of data The zip drive and disk is used for backing up the HAFM server and is located on the communications tray behind the HAFM server zone Set of devices that can access one another All connected devices may be configured into one or more zones Devices in the same zone can see each other Those devices that occupy different zones cannot See al
260. n SANtegrity feature but a switch already exists in the fabric with the same domain ID The Ethernet connection between the HAFM server and switch is down or unavailable The maximum number of unique members is 4097 The maximum number of members is 8192 The maximum number of open products allowed was reached edge switch 2 32 service manual Select a valid world wide name before performing this operation Reboot the HAFM server If the problem persists contact the next level of support Enter a corresponding SNMP trap recipient address Informational message only no action is required Enter a unique domain ID for the switch in the Add Detached Switch dialog box Establish and verify the network connection Delete members that are no longer needed to allow new members to be configured Close a Product Manager session existing open product before opening a new session The maximum number of products has already been configured The maximum number of products of this type has already been configured The maximum number of remote network addresses has already been configured The maximum number of users has already been configured The maximum number of zone sets has already been configured The maximum number of zones allowed has already been configured The maximum number of zones per zone set has already been configured edge switch 2 32 servic
261. n The Product View displays Select click the icon representing the switch for which the loopback test will be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information 4 At the navigation control panel select Swap Ports from the Maintenance menu The Swap Ports dialog box displays Figure 3 16 Enter the port addresses to be swapped then press Next Figure 3 16 Swap Ports Dialog Box J At the First address and Second address fields type the logical port addresses in hexadecimal format of the pair of ports to be swapped The ports are automatically blocked during the procedure Select the Unblock after swap check boxes to unblock the ports when the procedure completes Click Next At the Swap Ports dialog box the message Continuing this procedure requires varying the selected ports offline Ask the system operator to vary the link s offline then press Next displays Click Next At the Swap Ports dialog box the message Move the port cable s Then press Next displays Swap the fiber optic jumper cables between the selected ports then click Next At the Swap Ports dialog box the message Ports swapped successfully displays Click Next to close the dialog box and return to the Hardware View edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 31 Repair Information Collecting Maintenance Data 3 32 When the switch operational firmware detects a critical error
262. n and may incorrectly include or exclude a device from a zone In Open Fabric mode only zoning by WWN is supported Zoning by port numbers is not Zones are grouped into zone sets A zone set is a group of zones that is enabled activated or disabled across all switches in a multi switch fabric Only one zone set per fabric can be enabled at one time edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 7 General Information Multi Switch Fabrics A Fibre Channel topology that consists of one or more interconnected switches or switch elements is called a fabric Operational software provides the ability to interconnect switches through expansion port E_Port connections also referred to as ISL to form a multi switch fabric The data transmission path through the fabric is typically determined by fabric elements and is user transparent Subject to zoning restrictions devices attached to any interconnected switch can communicate with each other through the fabric Because a multi switch fabric is typically complex maintenance personnel should be aware that several factors can degrade fabric performance or cause connectivity failures These factors include Domain ID assignment Each switch in a fabric is identified by a unique domain ID that ranges from 1 through 31 A domain ID of 0 is invalid If two operational fabrics join they determine if any domain ID conflicts exist between the fabrics If one or more conflicts exist the E_ Ports that fo
263. n invalid attachment The information in the Port Properties dialog box specifies the reason as listed in the following table Reason Action Unknown Contact the next level of Support ISL connection not allowed on Go to step 17 this port Incompatible switch at other end Go to step 18 of ISL External loopback adapter Go to step 19 connected to the port N Port connection not allowed Go to step 17 on this port Non HP switch at other end of Go to step 18 the ISL Port binding violation Go to step 21 Unauthorized WWN Unresponsive node connected Go to step 22 to port 17 The port connection conflicts with the configured port type Either an expansion port E_Port is incorrectly cabled to a Fibre Channel device or a fabric port F_Port is incorrectly cabled to a fabric element director or switch a At the HAFM server s Hardware View click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Ports from the Configure menu The Configure Ports dialog box open systems mode displays 2 70 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Name Blocked 10 100 km AA E e E EN ve HA E DESEA oo SOJO TEE EL 20 00 00 00 C9 00 00 00 a G_PORT 4Gbisec j 20 01 00 60 48 00 00 00 G_PORT 4Gbisec J 20 02 00 00 C9 00 00 00 20 4 UO O lv G PORT 16Gbsec 20 04 00 E0 69 00 00 00 s O O lv G PORT 1Gbsec I 20 05 00 00 C9 00 00 00 6B UO O M _ GPORT fGhisec Wi 20
264. n the port receptacle YES NO Y Contact the next level of support Exit MAP edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 20 Remove the loopback plug from the port receptacle If directed by the customer connect a fiber optic jumper cable attaching a device to the switch e Ifthe port is operational and a device is not attached both LEDs adjacent to the port extinguish and the port state is No Light e Ifthe port is operational and a device is attached the green LED illuminates the amber LED extinguishes and the port state is Online Did removing the loopback plug solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 21 The WWN entered to configure port binding for this port is not valid or a nickname was used that was not configured for the attached device in the Product Manager Open the Node List View from the Hardware View and select Node List from the View menu on the navigation control panel Note the Port WWN column The Port WWN is the eight byte 16 digit worldwide name WWN assigned to the port or Fibre Channel interface installed on the attached device If a nickname is not assigned to the WWN the WWN is prefixed by the device manufacturer s name f a nickname is assigned to the WWN the nickname displays in place of the WWN The Bound WWN must be in the form of the raw WWN format XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Or must be a valid nick
265. name Did configuring the WWN or nickname solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 73 Diagnostics 22 Clean the fiber optic connectors on the cable a Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator stops Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached device offline b Block the port Refer to Block a Port on page 3 39 for instructions c Disconnect both ends of the fiber optic cable d Clean the fiber optic connectors Refer to Clean Fiber Optic Components on page 3 33 for instructions e Reconnect the fiber optic cable f Unblock the port Refer to Unblock a Port on page 3 40 for instructions g Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO y The Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Exit MAP 23 Inspect and service the host bus adapters HBAs as necessary 2 74 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Did service of the HBAs solve the problem NO YES 4 Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 24 The switch and attached fabric device are performing a Fibre Channel link reset This is a transient state Wait approximately 30 seconds and inspect port state and LED behavior Did the link recover and resume operation NO YES y The Fibre Channel
266. nd switch appear operational 28 Clean fiber optic connectors on the jumper cable a Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached switch or device offline Block the port Block a Port on page 3 39 Disconnect both ends of the fiber optic jumper cable Clean the fiber optic connectors Clean Fiber Optic Components on page 3 33 Reconnect the fiber optic jumper cable Unblock the port Unblock a Port on page 3 40 O20 5 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 76 Diagnostics g Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO 4 The Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational 29 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the port and connect the cable to a spare port Is a link incident reported at the new port YES NO y Go to step 31 30 The attached device is causing the recurrent link incident Notify the customer of the problem and have the system administrator a Inspect and verify operation of the attached device b Repair the attached device if a failure is indicated c Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO Y The attached device Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Contact the next level of support 31 The switch port reporting the problem is causing the
267. nection FICON An IBM set of products and services introduced in 1999 that is based on the Fibre Channel Standard FICON technology uses fiber optic cables as the data transmission medium and significantly improves I O performance including one Gbps bi directional data transfer FICON is designed to coexist with ESCON channels and FICON to ESCON control unit connections are supported FICON See Fibre Connection FICON Management server An optional feature that can be enabled on the director or switch or switch through the Product Manager application When enabled host control and management of the director or switch or switch is provided through an S 390 Parallel Enterprise or 2 Series server attached to a director or switch or switch port Glossary 22 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary field replaceable unit FRU Assembly removed and replaced in its entirety when any one of its components fails D See active field replaceable unit file server A computer that stores data centrally for network users and manages access to that data file transfer protocol FTP A transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP based client server protocol used to transfer files to and from a remote host Does not perform any conversion or translation firewall A networking device that blocks unauthorized access to all or parts of a network firewall zoning Hardware enforced access between F_Ports enforced at the source
268. next step to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Failure Analysis on page 2 58 51 Obtain event codes from the Embedded Web Server event log edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics NOTE If multiple event codes are found note all codes and associated severity levels Record the date time and listed sequence and determine if the codes are related to the reported problem Begin fault isolation with the most recent event code with the highest severity level Other codes may accompany this event code or may indicate a normal indication after a problem is recovered a Atthe View panel select Monitor at the left side of the panel The Monitor panel opens with the Status page displayed b At the Monitor panel click the Log tab The Monitor panel Log tab displays c Record the event code date time and severity Informational Minor Major or Severe d Record all event codes that may relate to the reported problem Monitor Refresh 3 8 02 at 14 47 Node List View Clear Event Log Entries Clear System Error Light Configure Date Time Event Data 03 08 02 9 46 am Informational 04 03 08 02 9 46 am 453 Informational 03 08 02 9 45 am 410 03 0002 3 4a 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 elp 0080 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 03 08 02 9 44 am Informational 2000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 TET El 1F00 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 03 08
269. nfiguration cannot be retrieved by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Port information cannot be retrieved by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Port statistics cannot be retrieved by the Product Manager application because the Ethernet link is down or busy Port diagnostics cannot be performed on a port that has failed Port diagnostics loopback tests cannot be performed on a port that does not have a small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver installed Port diagnostics internal loopback test cannot be performed on a port while an attached Fibre Channel device is logged in edge switch 2 32 service manual Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact the next level of support Run diagnostics only on an operational port Install a transceiver in the port and perform diagnostics again Ensure the device is logged out and perform diagnostics again Messages Message Description amn Cannot save port configuration Cannot
270. nt server internal error perform the data collection procedure for the switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis If the event is a synchronous status report or a mode register update no action is required Event Data The data reported consists of an indication that the reporting tasks are of type eMST_SB2 the component_id is eMSCID_SB2_CHPGM In the event of an actual error the subcomponent_id is eMS_ELR_SB2_DEVICE_PROTOCOL_ERROR or eMS_ELR_SB2_MSG_PROCESSING_ERROR When asynchronous status is to be reported the subcomponent_id is eSB2_CP_RER_ASYNCH_STATUS_REPORTING In the event of a Mode Register update the subcomponent_id is eMS_ELR_MODE_REGISTER_UPDATE Any other data elements are used by the developers to evaluate errors B 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log oboe Et EA Event Code 061 Message Fabric Controller database invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML or firmware download the Fabric Controller database failed its CRC validation All Fabric Controller databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in a momentary loss of interswitch communication capability Action Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data in
271. ntifies a switch in a multiswitch fabric A distinct domain ID is automatically allocated to each switch in the fabric by the principal switch The preferred domain ID is the domain ID value that a switch requests from the principal switch If the value has not been allocated to another switch in the fabric it will be granted by the principal switch and will become the requesting switch s active domain ID The active domain ID is the domain ID that has been assigned by the principal switch and that a switch is currently using domain name server In TCP IP a server program that supplies name to address translation by mapping domain name to internet addresses D DRAM See dynamic random access memory drop down menu A menu that displays when a heading in a navigation bar is clicked on with the mouse The objects listed in the drop down menus are organize by their headings in the navigation bar duplex In data communication pertaining to transmission in which data is sent and received at the same time D Contrast with half duplex duplex connector An optical fiber component that terminates jumper cable fibers in one housing and provides physical keying for attachment to a duplex receptacle D duplex receptacle A fixed or stationary optical fiber component that provides a keyed attachment method for a duplex connector D dynamic connection A connection between two ports established or removed by the directors and that when ac
272. nual Diagnostics 8 Did the Product Manager application display a dialog box with the message Product Manager error 5001 or Product Manager error 5002 NO YES y A Product Manager application error occurred Click OK to close the dialog box and close the HAFM and Product Manager applications Go to step 3 9 Did the Product Manager application display a dialog box with the message Send firmware failed YES NO 4 Go to step 11 10 An attempt to download a firmware version from the HAFM server hard drive to the switch failed Retry the operation Manage Firmware Versions on page 3 40 Did the firmware version download to the switch NO YES y The HAFM server appears operational A CTP failure is suspected Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem 11 Did the Product Manager application display a dialog box with the message The data collection process failed YES NO y Go to step 13 12 The data collection process failed Retry the process using a new Zip disk Collecting Maintenance Data on page 3 32 Did the data collection process complete NO YES edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 37 Diagnostics 2 38 y Exit MAP Contact the next level of support 13 Did the HAFM server lock up or crash and display a Dr Watson for Windows dialog box An application error has occurred and an application error log is being generated Wa PAT exe Exception access violation OscQ0000
273. o Incident Log Fan Module Events 300 through 399 Event Code 300 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major Explanation One cooling fan out of four failed or is rotating at insufficient angular velocity The remaining fans are operational The amber LED illuminates at the rear of the failed fan Action Replace the indicated fan module Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log Event Code 301 Cooling fan propeller failed Explanation Two cooling fans out of four failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity The remaining fans are operational The amber LED illuminates at the rear of the failed fans Action Replace the indicated fan modules Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan numbers edge switch 2 32 service manual B 17 Event Codes Distribution HAFM Server Host Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident Event Code 302 Cooling fan propeller failed Three cooling fans out of four failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity The remaining fan is operational The amber LED illuminates at the rear of the failed fans Replace the indicated fan modules Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan numbers Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident ST 1
274. o step 23 to obtain event codes lf no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 18 A green circle displays at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem Although the switch is operational a minor problem may exist Click the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View inspect ports for a yellow triangle attention indicator that overlays a port graphic Does a yellow triangle overlay the port graphic YES NO y Go to step 22 19 Inspect the port state and LED status for all ports with an attention indicator a Atthe Hardware View click the port graphic with the attention indicator The Port Properties dialog box displays 2 12 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics b Inspect the Beaconing and Operational State fields Directaccess storage EMC 20 07 00 60 48 00 00 00 EMC 20 07 00 60 48 00 01 00 2012345678 Does the Operational State field display a Beaconing message and the Beaconing field display an On message YES NO y Go to step 21 20 Port beaconing is enabled a Consult with the customer and next level of support to determine the reason port beaconing is enabled b Disable port beaconing 1 Atthe Hardware View right click the port graphic A pop up menu displays 2 Click Enable Beaconing The check mark disappears from the box adja
275. o the HAFM server Zip drive If the problem persists follow ing a system power on reset replace the switch and return both the failing switch and the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis and repair edge switch 2 32 service manual B 37 Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Reason code 00 Unrecognized board ID 01 FPM in an intolerant 2 gig switch 02 FPM in an unsupported switch Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution HAEM PHAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail a Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log AL e 1 E 1 Event Code 506 Fibre Channel port failure Explanation One of the four ports on a single port module has failed and has been taken out of ser vice Normally the amber Service Required LED on the corresponding port is illuminated to indicate which port has failed All other ports on the module remain operational if their respective Service Required LEDs are off Action Perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a system power on reset lf the problem persists replace the switch A failed port may also be recovered by performing a port reset using HAFM or the Web interface however newly detected errors may result in the port failing again B 38 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event C
276. odes Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 3F Byte 1 Reason code 00 Operator requested with debug command 01 Hot plug power up or online diagnostics failure acknowledgment 02 Initialization failure 03 High availability error threshold reached Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Reason code specific internally defined Byte 12 Connector type 00 Unknown 01 06 Reserved 07 LC connector 08 MT RJ connector 09 MU connector Bytes 13 14 Transmitter technology 0200 Longwave laser LC 0040 Shortwave laser 0020 Shortwave laser with OFC 0010 Longwave laser LL 0008 Long distance Byte 15 Distance capabilities 80 Very long 40 Short 20 Intermediate 10 Long Byte 16 Supported transmission media 08 Multi mode 62 5 04 Multi mode 50 01 Single mode Byte 17 Speed capabilities 10 400 Mbytes per second 04 200 Mbytes per second 01 100 Mbytes per second edge switch 2 32 service manual B 39 Event Codes Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log EPA E Y YA LA Event Code 507 Loopback diagnostics port fallure Informational Explanation A loopback diagnostic test detected a port failure Loopback diagnostics are initiated through HAFM or as a result of the hot insertion of a port module on supported mod els Action No action required There will
277. odule detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Port module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error SBAR module detected CTP interface sig HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nal error Port module detected CTP interface signal HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error SBAR Module detected external parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 SBAR Module detected lost of system HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error bad delim HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 iter User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error short HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 frame edge switch 2 32 service manual B 43 Event Codes Ox1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D Ox1E Ox1F 0x20 0x21 0x22 0x23 0x24 0x25 0x26 0x27 0x28 0x29 Ox2A 0x2B 0x2C 0x2D B 4
278. of the embedded port Action No action required There will be an additional event generated if the occurrence of this incident exceeds an error threshold resulting in a module or port failure Event Data Word O Byte 0 Embedded port number Byte 1 Reason Code See following chart Word 1 Byte 0 3 Elapsed millisecond tick count Word 2 Byte 0 1 High availability error callout 1 Byte 2 3 High availability error callout 2 Word 3 Byte 0 Detecting port Byte 1 Connected port Byte 3 Reserved Word 4 Byte 0 1 High availability error callout 3 Byte 2 3 High availability error callout 4 Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Y E AE Event 442 Anomaly Reason Codes Utility bus error to SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 Utility bus error to Port Module HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual B 27 Event Codes 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface sig HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 nal error 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal HA Error Cal
279. og summarizing actions audit trail made by the user There are two types of audit logs the director or switch audit log and the HAFM audit log 1 Director or switch audit log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a history of all configuration changes made to an individual director or switch from the respective Product Manager application a simple network management protocol SNMP management workstation a Fibre Connection FICON or open systems host or the maintenance port This information is useful for administrators and users Contrast with HAFM audit log See also Event Log Hardware Log Link Incident Log Threshold Alert Log 2 See HAFM audit log availability The accessibility of a computer system or network resource Glossary 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary b See bit B See byte backbone Cable on which two or more stations or networks may be attached typically used to link computer networks at one site with those at another Smaller branch networks are sometimes called ribs backplane The backplane provides direct current DC power distribution and connections for all logic cards backup field replaceable unit Backup FRU When an active FRU fails an identical backup FRU takes over operation automatically failover to maintain director or switch and Fibre Channel link operation See also active field replaceable unit backup FRU See backup field replaceable
280. olation repair and verification D maintenance port Connector on the director or switch where a PC running an American National Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII terminal emulator can be attached or dial up connection made for specialized maintenance support Glossary 32 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary managed product Hardware product that can be managed with the HAFM application HP directors and switches are managed products See also device management information base MIB Related set of software objects variables containing information about a managed device and accessed via simple network management protocol SNMP from a network management station management session A session that exists when a user logs on to the HAFM application HAFM can support multiple concurrent management sessions The user must specify the network address of the HAFM application s server at logon time MAP See maintenance analysis procedure matrix See active port address matrix Mb Megabit MB See megabyte Mbps Megabits per second MBps Megabytes per second media access control address MAC address Hardware address of a node device connected to a network megabyte MB A unit of measure for data storage equal to 1 048 576 bytes Generally approximated as one million bytes memory A device or storage system capable of storing and retrieving data menu A list of items displayed on a moni
281. omer or next level of support 11 The HAFM application automatically opens At the HAFM splash screen enter a user name password and HAFM server name all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays NOTE If required obtain the user name password and HAFM server name from the customer or next level of support FRU Removal and Replacement 4 FRU Removal and Replacement This chapter describes the removal and replacement procedures RRPs for the HP StorageWorks Edge Switch 2 32 Edge Switch 2 32 field replaceable units FRUs Do not remove a FRU until a failure is isolated to that FRU If fault isolation was not performed see MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 Remove and Replace FRUs This section describes procedures to remove and replace RRPJ concurrent switch FRUs A screwdriver is required to remove and replace the power supplies No tools are required to remove and replace the other FRUs All FRUs are removed and replaced while the switch is powered on and operational concurrent FRUs See Chapter 5 Illustrated Parts Breakdown for FRU locations and part numbers FRUs Table 4 1 lists the FRUs and electrostatic discharge ESD precaution requirements yes or no for each FRU Table 4 1 ESD Requirements ESD Precaution Requirement SFP LC transceiver Power supply Cooling fan edge switch 2 32 service manual 4 1 FRU Removal and Replacement Procedural Notes
282. on The events are internal error conditions detected by the HAFM application and are not related to product specific events reported by a switch Events typically relate to HAFM audit log and file corruption invalid product definition and firmware files missing product services class or missing version information The event table contains the following columns e Viewed this column provides a check box associated with each event Each check box allows service personnel to mark an event as viewed acknowledged with appropriate action taken edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 39 General Information e Date Time the date and time the event was reported to the HAFM server e Product the product associated with the event Some events are associated with the HAFM application while others are associated with a specific instance of the Product Manager application In the latter case the switch and configured name or IP address associated with the instance are displayed e Event the numeric event code and a brief description of the event Status Line The status line provides a status indicator and message area HAFM status symbols are explained in Table 1 3 The HAFM application icon upper left corner of the window is dynamic and matches the status indicator This feature allows users and service personnel to observe the status when the application is minimized to the Windows 2000 task bar 1 40 edge switch 2 32
283. oncurrent port maintenance SFPs and Fiber optic cables are removed and attached to ports without interrupting other ports or switch operation Beaconing to assist service personnel in locating a specific port or switch When port beaconing is enabled the amber LED associated with the port flashes When unit beaconing is enabled the system error indicator on the front panel flashes Beaconing does not affect port or switch operation Data collection through the Product Manager application to help isolate system problems The data includes a memory dump file and audit hardware and engineering logs Status monitoring of redundant FRUs and alternate Fibre Channel data paths to ensure continued switch availability in case of failover The HAFM application queries the status of each backup FRU daily A backup FRU failure is indicated by an illuminated amber LED edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information e Simple network management protocol SNMP management using the Fibre Alliance MIB that runs on the HAFM server Up to 12 authorized management workstations can be configured through the HAFM application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate operational state changes and failure conditions e SNMP management using the Fibre Channel Fabric Element MIB transmission control protocol internet protocol TCP IP MIB II definition RFC 1213 and a product specific MIB all of which run on each switch Up
284. ooooooconoorroro ooo 3 41 Firmware Library dialog bOX oooooooooooocooroorrroo nooo 3 42 New Firmware Version dialog DOX o ooooooocoooroooo momo 3 43 New Firmware Description dialog bOX o o oooooooooooo 3 43 Firmware Library dialog DOX ui ae 3 44 Modify Firmware Description dialog box o oooooooooo 3 44 Firmware Library dialog box o ooooooooooooooooo ooo 345 Firmware Library dialog box o ooooooooooooooooo eens 3 47 Send Firmware confirmation box 0 ees 3 47 Send firmware complete message 0 0 eens 3 48 Backup and Restore Configuration dialog bOX o o 3 49 Backup Complete dialog DOX o oooooooooooorooo o 3 49 Backup and Restore Configuration dialog bOX o o 3 50 Warmin message DOK eiii ad dot dde de oe dd 3 50 Restore Complete dialog DOX o o oooooooooooooroooooaooo oo 3 51 Run dialoDOX ica A AS Ana 3 53 HAEM dialo DO sere ai a as 3 53 Eront Acecessible PRUS tb ta dde as ue oa ica 5 1 Rear Accessible FRUS cial aida 5 3 StAtUs SV MDOIS E IN 1 23 Operating Status Status Bar and Switch Status Table 1 35 HAFM Servic s Status Symbols vir NED iaa 1 41 Pactory Set Detalla sos elias ais dls A AS me 2 1 MAP SUMMARY sic dea A 2 2 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action 0000 cece eee eens 2 2 Factory Sel Derauts 2 ocd acs on due fea diras wee ess ees 3 2 ESD Req
285. operational states at the Embedded Web Server interface a Atthe View panel click the Port Properties tab The View panel Port Properties tab displays Inspect the Operational State field At the View panel Port Properties tab click the first port 1 Inspect the Operational State field 020 5 At the View panel Port Properties tab sequentially click the remaining ports Inspect the Operational State field for each port Does the Operational State field display a Segmented message for a port NO YES y Port segmentation is indicated Go to MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 2 79 2 78 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics 37 Does the Operational State field display a Port Failure message for any port NO YES 4 A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 11 The switch appears operational MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination This MAP describes isolation of fabric logout interswitch link ISL and port segmentation problems Failure indicators include e An event code recorded at the switch Event Log or the Embedded Web Server event log e A segmentation reason associated with the port at the Embedded Web Server interface e A yellow triangle attention indicator displays at the Product View or Hardware View e A link incident message recorded in the Link Incident Log or Port Properties dialog box 1 Was an event code 011 0
286. orm hardware fault isola tion at the failed switch Distribution HAFM HAFM Server Host EWS Event E Mail e ar a Link Event Log Home Info Incident 7 Event Code 071 Switch is isolated edge switch 2 32 service manual B 7 Event Codes Explanation The switch is isolated from other fabric elements directors or switches This event code is accompanied by one or more 070 event codes Refer to the event data for the seg mentation reason Action depends on the segmentation reason specified in the event data Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the E_Port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as follows 1 Incompatible operating parameters Ether the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV or error detect time out value E_D_TOV is inconsistent between the switch and another fabric element director or switch Modify the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV to make the values consistent for all fabric directors and switches 2 Duplicate domain ID The switch has the same preferred domain ID as another fab ric element director or switch Modify the switch s Domain ID to make it unique 3 Incompatible zoning configurations The same name is applied to a zone for the switch and another fabric element director or switch but the zones contain different zone members Modify the zone name to make it unique or ensure zones with the same name contain identical zone members 4 Build f
287. ort fabric port node port segmented expansion port GHz See gigahertz gigabit Gb A unit of measure for data storage equal to approximately 134 217 728 bytes Approximately one eighth of a gigabyte gigabyte GB A unit of measure for data storage equal to 1 073 741 824 bytes Generally approximated as one billion bytes D gigahertz GHz One billion cycles per second Hertz D G_Port See generic port graphical user interface GUI A visually oriented interface where the user interacts with representations of real world objects displayed on the computer screen Interactions with such objects produce actions that are intuitive to the user D ground That portion of a conducting circuit connected to the earth D Glossary 24 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary GSM card A generic port G_Port module card containing shortwave laser ports for multimode fiber optic cables GUI See graphical user interface H half duplex The capacity to transmit in two directions but not simultaneously hardware Physical equipment director switch or personal computer as opposed to computer programs or software Hardware Log Director or switch Hardware Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a history of FRU removals and replacements insertions for an individual director or switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification
288. ort hardware module has been detected The amber Service Required LED is illuminated on each of the module s four contiguous ports B 36 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes tem power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Reason code 00 Operator requested with debug command 02 Initialization failure 03 Hot plug power up diagnostics failure acknowledgment 04 Board ready time out 05 Read of module ID failed 06 Statistical error threshold reached 07 Communication with hardware is irregular or nonexistent Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Reason code specific data 1 Internally defined Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link Action Perform data collection procedure for the switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive Return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Perform a sys tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log fu fu fu flux fu o Event Code 505 Port module revision not supported Explanation The specified port hardware module is not supported by the existing firmware The associated ports will appear uninstalled to system software Action Ensure that the switch model supports the operating firmware If the firmware provides support for the indicated model perform a data collection operation for this switch using HAFM saving the data file t
289. ostic test programs detect a problem NO YES 4 Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the PC for instructions to resolve the problem 7 Reboot the HAFM server PC a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b At the Windows Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC d Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC After POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays e Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and click OK The HAFM application starts and the HAFM Login dialog box displays f Atthe HAFM Login dialog box type a user name password and HAFM server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 and all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays Did the Product View display and does the HAFM application appear operational edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 93 Diagnostics NO YES 4 The PC appears operational 8 Re install the HAFM application Install or Upgrade Software on page 2 51 Did the HAFM application install and open successfully NO YES 4 The PC appears operational 9 Advise the customer and next level of support that the
290. out Firmware file I O error Firmware file nok round Incorrect product type An error occurred while transferring files from the PC hard drive to the Product Manager application The message varies depending on the problem The data field requires an entry and cannot be left blank The user aborted the file transfer process A firmware file is being transferred from the HAFM server hard drive or a data collection file is being transferred to a diskette The switch did not respond in the time allowed The status of the firmware install operation is unknown A firmware download operation aborted because a file I O error occurred The firmware version is not installed or was deleted from the firmware library at the HAFM server When configuring a new product through the New Product dialog box an incorrect product was selected for the network address edge switch 2 32 service manual Try the file transfer operation again If the problem persists contact the next level of support Enter appropriate information in the data field Verify the file transfer is to be aborted then click OK to continue Informational message only no action is required Retry the operation If the problem persists contact support personnel Retry the operation If the problem persists contact the next level of support Add the firmware version to the library and retry the operation Select the
291. ox edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 21 Repair Information e LIN Alerts Configuration a user specified state for the port On or Off configured through the Configure Ports dialog box e Beaconing user specified for the port On or Off When beaconing is enabled a yellow triangle displays adjacent to the Status field e Link Incident If no link incidents are recorded None displays in the Status field If a link incident is recorded a summary displays describing the incident and a yellow triangle displays adjacent to the Status field Valid summaries are Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state e Operational State the state of the port Online Offline Beaconing Invalid Attachment Link Incident Link Reset No Light Not Operational Port Failure Segmented E_Port or Testing A yellow triangle displays adjacent to the Status field 1f the port 1s in a non standard state that requires attention A red and yellow diamond displays adjacent to the Status field 1f the port fails e Reason If the E_Port segments while attempting to form a multi switch fabric a summary displays describing the reason for segmentation Valid summaries are Incompatible opera
292. p button remains problem persists enabled contact your service representative Stop diagnostics The action to stop diagnostics Informational failed The test failed because the test was not message was not running running Switch Binding The device WWNs were removed Verify that the was removed from from the director s Switch security level for each attached devices Membership List SANtegrity device is as required that are also Switch Binding feature but you by reviewing the participating in should note that one or more of Bound WWN list in Port Binding these devices still has security the Configure Ports Please review control in port binding dialog box the Port Binding Configuration System System diagnostics cannot runon Replace failed ports diagnostics switch or directors or switches cannot run The with failed ports Operational Status is invalid The add firmware The user aborted the process to Verify the firmware process has been add a firmware version to the addition is to be aborted HAFM server s firmware library aborted then click OK to continue The data An error occurred while Try the data collection performing the data collection collection procedure process failed procedure again If the problem persists contact the next level of support edge switch 2 32 service manual A 35 Messages A 36 The data collection process has been aborted The default zone must b
293. planation Transmit error counters for the CTP card Ethernet adapter sum of all counters exceeded a threshold This does not indicate a CTP failure it indicates a problem with the Ethernet cable hub or device on the same Ethernet segment Event data counters Bytes 20 through 23 frame count where Ethernet adapter encounters 16 collisions while attempting to transmit a frame 16coll_cnt Frame not transmitted Distribution Switch HAFM Server Host EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Home Info Incident Log SEPETE A e A d e Event Code 431 Message Excessive Ethernet receive errors Severity Informational Explanation Receive error counters for the CTP card Ethernet adapter sum of all counters exceeded a threshold This does not indicate a CTP failure it indicates a problem with the Ethernet cable hub or device on the same Ethernet segment Event data counters are represented in hexadecimal format with the least significant byte first Action Verify the Ethernet cable hub and other devices are properly connected and opera tional B 24 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data Bytes 0 through 3 sum of all receive errors total_recv_error Bytes 4 through 7 frame count where received frame had from 1 to 7 bits after last received full byte dribble_bits_cnt CRC error counter updated but frame not pro cessed Bytes 8 through 11 frame count where received frame had bad CR
294. ple exchange link protocol ELP frames did not receive a fabric login FLOGI frame and cannot join an operational fabric Switch Specifications This section lists the physical characteristics storage and shipping environment operating environment and service clearances for the switch Physical Characteristics Dimensions Height 2 55 inches 6 47 centimeters Width 17 5 inches 44 5 centimeters Depth 25 1 inches 63 75 centimeters edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 9 General Information Weight 34 pounds 15 4 kilograms Power Requirements Input voltage 100 to 230 VAC Input Frequency 47 to 63 Hz Plan for single phase or phase to phase connections and 5 ampere dedicated service Airflow Clearance in Rack Sides None Top and Bottom None Front and Rear 3 0 inches 7 6 centimeters Heat Dissipation 836 BTU Hr Shock and Vibration Tolerance 60 Gs for 10 milliseconds without nonrecoverable errors Acoustical Noise 70 dB A scale Inclination o 10 maximum Storage and Shipping Environment Protective packaging must be provided to protect the switch under all shipping methods domestic and international Shipping temperature 40 F to 140 F 40 Cto60 C Storage temperature 34 Fto 140 F 1 Cto60 C Shipping relative humidity 5 to 100 Storage relative humidity 5 to 80 edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Maximum wet bulb temperature 84 F 29 C Altitude
295. plication 1 Right click in a blank area of the HAFM Product View and select New 2 Type the IP address of the switch in the New Product dialog box 3 Select the correct product type from the Product Type field and click OK A new icon will display on the Product View Configure the switch identification 1 Click the new icon to open the Hardware View and click the Configure icon 2 Select identification from the Configure menu 3 In the Configure Identification dialog box type the name description location and contact the same as the failed switch Configure operating mode 1 Set the switch offline 2 At the Hardware View select operating parameters from the Configure menu 3 Set BB_Credit R_A_TOV E_D_TOV Preferred Domain ID Switch Priority and Rerouting Delay the same as the failed switch and click Activate Verify the firmware version 1 At the Hardware View select firmware library from the Maintenance icon and verify that the firmware version is the same as that running on the existing fabric The active version is displayed at the bottom of the display To upgrade download the active version select the correct version and select SEND The firmware will load perhaps taking up to 10 minutes Configure the ports the same as the failed switch select ports from the Configure menu Configure SNMP traps CLI EWS the same as the failed switch edge switch 2 32 service manual 4 9
296. port SFP solve the problem NO YES 4 The switch appears operational Go to step 11 14 The fabric is initializing or a problem with the port attached device is indicated as described by one of the following operational state messages e Offline the port is blocked and transmitting the offline sequence OLS to the attached switch or the port is unblocked and receiving the OLS indicating the attached switch is set offline e Not Operational the port is receiving the Fibre Channel not operational sequence NOS indicating the attached switch failed e No light any port no signal light is received by the port This is a normal condition when there is no cable attached to the port SFP or when the attached switch or fabric device is powered off Inform the customer an attached switch or fabric device is powered off set offline or failed 15 Beaconing is enabled for the port a Consult with the customer and next level of support to determine the reason port beaconing is enabled b Disable port beaconing 1 Atthe Hardware View right click the port graphic A pop up menu displays 2 Click Enable Beaconing The check mark disappears from the box adjacent to the option and port beaconing is disabled Was port beaconing enabled because port failure or degradation was suspected YES NO edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 69 Diagnostics y The switch appears operational Go to step 4 16 The port has a
297. porting an event to third level customer support e Pata additional event data for fault isolating a problem Use the information when fault isolating a call home problem or include the information when reporting an event to third level customer support Session Log The Session Log displays a session login and logout history for the HAFM server including the date and time user name and network address of each session This information is useful for system administrators and users To open the Session Log select Session Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel For a description of the Session Log and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the log window refer to the hp StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager user guide 3 4 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information Product Status Log The Product Status Log Figure 3 2 records an entry when the status of a switch changes The log reflects the previous status and current status of the switch and indicates the instance of a switch Product Manager application that should be opened to investigate a problem The information 1s useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification To open the Product Status Log select Product Status Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel Datel mre Hetryork AGC S Previous Status Hew Status 3111 02 11 29 41 AM 144 49 29 81 Unknown Operational 10 1 3 11
298. protocols for flexible information transfer Logically a point to point serial data channel structured for high performance Fibre Channel adapter FC adapter See host bus adapter Fibre Channel address A 3 byte node port N_Port identifier which is unique within the address domain of a fabric Each port may choose its own identifier or the identifier may be assigned automatically during fabric login Fibre Channel Association FCA The FCA is a non profit corporation consisting of over 150 members throughout the world Its mission is to nurture and help develop the broadest market for Fibre Channel products through market development education standards monitoring and fostering interoperability among members products Fibre Channel fabric element FCFE Any device linked to a fabric Fibre Channel fabric element management information base FCFE MIB A table of variables available to network management stations and resident on a switch or director Through the simple network management protocol SNMP these pointers can be manipulates to monitor control and configure the switch or director edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 21 Glossary Fibre Channel Industry Association FCIA A corporation consisting of over 100 computer industry related companies Its goal is to provide marketing support exhibits and tradeshows for its member companies The FCIA complements activities of the various standards committees Fibre
299. r Store the cap for safekeeping b Clean the cable and SFP connectors refer to Clean Fiber Optic Components on page 3 33 c Insert the keyed LC cable connector into the port SFP edge switch 2 32 service manual 4 3 FRU Removal and Replacement d Verify that the amber LED adjacent to the port is extinguished 6 At the HAFM server s Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs icon The Event Log displays Ensure the following event code displays in the log 513 SFP hot removal completed If an event code 513 does not display in the log go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem 7 Atthe HAFM server s Hardware View a Ensure no alert symbols display that indicate a failure yellow triangle or red diamond b Click the port graphic representing the replacement SFP to open the Port Properties dialog box Verify that port information port number port name operational state and port technology 1s correct If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem 8 Restore communication to the port and set the port online as directed by the customer refer to Unblock a Port on page 3 40 9 Perform the data collection procedure refer to Collecting Maintenance Data on page 3 32 10 Clear the switch s system error ERR LED a At the HAFM servers Hardware View right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU to open a pop up menu
300. r Zip drive 1 12 introduction 1 3 zone set Web Server Embedded 1 12 description of 1 7 Windows 2000 1 12 zone set tab 1 38 wrap plug fiber optic 1 44 zone sets tab illustration 1 38 WWN Zone sets View 3 17 node list view 2 73 zoning 1 7 WWN zone member 3 18 edge switch 2 32 service manual Index 7
301. rabyte TB One thousand 1 000 gigabytes one terabyte of text on paper would consume 42 500 trees At 12 characters per inch 1 TB of data in a straight line would encircle the earth 56 times and stretch some 1 4 million miles equalling nearly three round trips from the earth to the moon Threshold Alert Log Director or switch Threshold Alert Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides details of threshold alert notifications for an individual director or switch The log displays the date and time an alert occurred and displays details about the alert as configured for the product The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification See also audit log Event Log Hardware Log Link Incident Log TIA See Telecommunications Industry Association topology Logical and or physical arrangement of stations on a network transceiver modules Transceiver modules come in longwave extra longwave or shortwave laser versions providing a single fiber connection transfer rate The speed with which data can be transmitted from one device to another Data rates are often measures in megabits Mbps or megabytes MBps per second or gigabits Gbps or gigabytes per second GBps transmission control protocol TCP The transport layer for the transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP protocol widely used on Ethernet networks and any network that conforms to U S
302. racters allowed in the field was exceeded The user aborted the file transfer process The HAFM application encountered an internal error 1 through 8 inclusive and cannot continue operation The incorrect user name and password both case sensitive were used while attempting to login to the HAFM application The HAFM application is closing and terminating communication with the attached product An HAFM session already exists on the current workstation An invalid character was entered in the data field Messages Enter appropriate information in the data field Enter the information using the proscribed number of characters Verify the file transfer is to be aborted then click OK to continue Contact the next level of support to report the problem Verify the user name and password with the customer s network administrator and retry the operation Reboot the HAFM server If the problem persists contact the next level of support A workstation can have only one active HAFM session Remove invalid characters from the entry Messages Invalid name Invalid network address Invalid port number Valid ports are 0 lt is gt Invalid product selection Invalid request A 10 One of the following invalid names was used CON AUX COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 COM7 COM8 COMO9 LPT1 LPT2 LPT3 LPT4 LPT5 LPT6 LPT7 LPT8 LPT9 NUL or PRN The IP add
303. rating mode S 390 mode operating mode In directors or switches in managed products a selection between s 390 and open systems mode See also open systems mode S 390 mode operating system OS Software that controls execution of applications and provides services such as resource allocation scheduling I O control and data management Most operating systems are predominantly software but partial hardware implementations are possible D T Operating System 390 OS 390 An integrated open enterprise server operating system developed by IBM that incorporates a leading edge and open communications server distributed data and file services parallel Sysplex support object oriented programming distributed computing environment and open application interfaces D optical cable Single fiber multiple fibers or a fiber bundle in a structure built to meet optical mechanical and environmental specifications D E See also jumper cable trunk cable Synonymous with fiber optic cable optical drive backup A data backup system that uses rewriteable optical cartridges ROCs as the storage medium optical fiber connector Synonymous with connector ordered set In Fibre Channel protocol four 10 bit characters a combination of data and special characters providing low level link functions such as frame demarcation and signaling between two ends of a link It provides for initialization of the link after power on and for so
304. re Do not perform repairs until a failure is isolated to a FRU If fault isolation was not performed refer to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 1 Repair Information Factory Defaults Table 3 1 lists the defaults for the passwords and IP subnet and gateway addresses Table 3 1 Factory Set Defaults Customer password password Maintenance password level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address Procedural Notes NOTE HAFM and Product Manager screens in this manual may not match the screens on your server and workstation The title bars have been removed and the fields may contain data that does not match the data seen on your system The following procedural notes are referenced in applicable repair procedures The notes do not necessarily apply to all procedures in the chapter 1 Before performing a repair procedure read the procedure carefully and thoroughly to familiarize yourself with the information and reduce the possibility of problems or customer down time 2 When performing procedures described in this chapter heed all WARNING and CAUTION statements and other statements listed in the preface of this manual 3 After completing steps of a detailed procedure that is referenced from another procedure return to the initial referencing procedure and continue to the next step of that procedure 1 After replacing a FRU extinguish the System Error lig
305. re attached to products managed by this HAFM server Messages Message Description aon Cannot display You cannot show the route The route must route All through a fabric that has switches contain only Director switches in or directors which do not support 2 64 or Edge Switch route must routing 2 16 and Edge support routing Switch 2 32 switches Cannot display You cannot show the route for a Enable the default route Device is device that is not a member of a zone or activate the not a member of zone in the active zone set The zone for the device a zone in the source node that you have before attempting to active zone set selected is not part of a zone in show the route the active zone set Cannot display An internal error has occurred Contact the next level route error 9 while trying to view routes of support to report the problem Cannot display You cannot show the route Enable the default route No active through a fabric with no active zone or activate a zone enabled zone zone set before attempting to show the route Cannot display The user cannot show routes Error displays when route on a one between end devices in a fabric attempting to show switch fabric when configuring Show Routes routes on a fabric Fabrics menu with only one switch Configure the Show Route option on a multiswitch fabric Cannot have Spaces are not allowed as part of Delete spaces from spaces in field the entry for
306. recognized see FC PH clause 16 5 3 2 server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Action A link incident record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the link incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is per formed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM Save the data file to the HAFM edge switch 2 32 service manual B 51 Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8P Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 OX0A LF1 Ox0C OL1A Ox0D OL1C OxOE OL2 OxOF OL3 Distribution HAEM AFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail E IN Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Event Code 586 Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Explanation The incident node has recognized either a Link Reset LR or a Link Reset_Response LRR Primitive Sequence while in the Wait for OLS state see FC PH clauses 16 5 4 3 server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If a
307. red or the associated fan modules were replaced All fans are operational Action No action required Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan numbers Distribution Switch HAFM Server Host EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log edge switch 2 32 service manual B 19 Event Codes Event Code 315 Cooling fan propeller recovered Informational Explanation All cooling fans recovered or the associated fan modules were replaced All fans are operational No action required Event Data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan numbers witch EWS E Mail Call Sense Link Home Info Incident IT eLo Tt E PP SE CTP2 Card Events 400 through 499 The term CTP card refers to the main circuit board of the Edge Switch 2 32 not to a separate card that contains the CTP The CTP 1s an integral part of the main circuit board Event Code 400 Power up diagnostics failure Explanation The CTP power on self test diagnostics detected a faulty FRU as indicated in the event data Action Replace the faulty FRU with a functional FRU Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using HAFM and return the Zip disk and the faulty FRU to HP Services for analysis and repair B 20 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data Byte 0 FRU code 01 LBA 02 CTP 03 SBAR 05 Fan module 06 Power supply 08 0F
308. required to perform one or more installation test service or verification tasks e Scissors or pocket knife A sharp cutting edge scissors or knife blade may be required to cut the protective strapping when unpacking the switch HAFM server Ethernet hub or replacement FRUs e Standard flat tip and cross tip Phillips screwdrivers Screwdrivers are required to remove replace adjust or tighten various connector or chassis components and to remove and replace power supplies e Maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC the PC is required to configure switch network addresses and acquire event log information through the maintenance port The PC must have The Microsoft Windows 98 Windows 2000 or Windows Millennium Edition operating system installed RS 232 serial communication software such as ProComm Plus or HyperTerminal installed HyperTerminal is provided with Windows operating systems e Fiber optic cleaning kit The kit contains tools and instructions to clean fiber optic cable connectors loopback plugs and protective plugs edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 45 2 Diagnostics This chapter describes diagnostic procedures used by service representatives to isolate HP Storage Works Edge Switch 2 32 problems or failures to the field replaceable unit FRU level The chapter specifically describes how to perform maintenance analysis procedures MAPs Maintenance Analysis Procedures Th
309. ress specified for the product is unknown to the domain name server invalid You have specified an invalid port number At the New Product dialog box an invalid product was selected Three conditions result in this message e The user tried to add or modify a product from product view and the network address is already in use Network addresses must be unique The user tried to create a new user with a user name that already exists User names must be unique The user tried to delete default Administrator user The default Administrator user cannot be deleted edge switch 2 32 service manual Select a valid name and retry the operation Verify and enter a valid product IP address Specify a valid port number in the range O to the maximum number of ports on the product minus 1 For example fora switch with 32 ports the valid port range is 0 31 Select a valid product and retry the operation Select the action that is appropriate to the activity that caused the error e Network address Specify a unique network address for the product User name Specify a unique user name for the new user ID Do not delete the default Administrator user Messages Message Description aon Invalid UDP port number Invalid World Wide Name Invalid World Wide Name or nickname Invalid zone in zone set Limit exceeded McDATA SANtegrity Feature not installed Pl
310. rgely in high volume and multi user environments such as servers or networking applications may include single user workstations required in demanding design engineering and audio visual applications E Port See expansion port error detect time out value E_D_TOVis the time the switch waits for an expected response before declaring an error condition error log See Event Log error message Indication that an error has been detected D ESD See electrostatic discharge Ethernet A widely implemented local area network LAN protocol that uses a bus or star topology and serves as the basis for the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE 802 3 standard which specifies the physical and software layers Ethernet hub A device used to connect the HAFM server and the directors it manages edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 17 Glossary event code A three digit number that specifies the exact event that occurred This code provides information on system failures such as hardware failures failure locations or general information on normal system events Event Log Record of significant events that have occurred on the director or switch director or switch Event Log or through the HAFM Services application HAFM Event Log There are two Event Logs director or switch Event Log and HAFM Event Log 1 Director or switch Event Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a
311. rm the interswitch link ISL segment to prevent the fabrics from joining Zoning In a multi switch fabric zoning is configured on a fabric wide basis and any change to the zoning configuration is applied to all switches in the fabric To ensure zoning is consistent across a fabric the following rules are enforced when two fabrics zoned or unzoned join Fabric A unzoned and Fabric B unzoned The fabrics join successfully and the resulting fabric remains unzoned Fabric A zoned and Fabric B unzoned The fabrics join successfully and fabric B automatically inherits the zoning configuration from fabric A Fabric A unzoned and Fabric B zoned The fabrics join successfully and fabric A automatically inherits the zoning configuration from fabric B Fabric A zoned and Fabric B zoned The fabrics join successfully only if the zone configurations can be merged If the fabrics cannot join the connecting ports segment and the fabrics remain independent Zone configurations for two fabrics are compatible the zones can join if the active zone set name is identical for each fabric and if zones with the same name have identical elements Port segmentation When an ISL activates the switches exchange operating parameters to determine if they are compatible and can join to form a single fabric If incompatible the connecting E_Port at each switch segments to prevent edge switch 2 32 service manual General
312. rmance View refer to Performing Port Diagnostics on page 19 Zone Set View The Zone Set View Figure 3 10 displays a list of the active zone set including all zones and zone members The active zone set name displays at the top of the list followed by zone names followed by zone members for each name The table at the top of the view indicates if the default zone is enabled or disabled edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 17 Repair Information To open the Zone Set View click the Zone Set tab at the bottom of the Fabrics View on the HAFM main window SANLabeMmMco 21 E E Bl DracoLab 3 i F Drarnl ab EM Di acuLab 2 le DracoLab 54 T le Drarnl nh 35 E SAM 40D 21 1 Di C 52 00 1F E1 00 00 03 3 E DracoLab 32 3 SDR gH io e DracoLab s DISCS 30001 FE 0000053 Me Crave Lob3S4H Lab 344 NRK ef TES ATA le Draco ab 20 foes DEC 67 004 F E1 00 00 03 3 a DiacuLah 11 7 4 Lraco a3 E ESA ly o cel FEA Ini Ant Aan 1 i lt EEA Jm ont B por ioo ee EEA Jui Zul port Pra ni n Aand Figure 3 10 Zone Sets View Zone members are displayed as e The unique 16 digit WWN identifying the device attached to the port If a nickname is configured the nickname displays instead For example 10 00 0206 77 43 B0 1C e A unique domain ID 1 through 31 inclusive and port number 0 through 31 For example Domain 1 Port 7 The information is also useful for fault isolating E_Port segmentation problems caused by
313. rmation 9 The new firmware version and associated description display in the Firmware Library dialog box Click Close to close the dialog box and return to the Product Manager application 10 To send the firmware version to a switch refer to Download a Firmware Version to a Switch on page 3 46 Modify a Firmware Version Description 3 44 To modify the description of a switch firmware version in the library stored on the HAFM server hard drive 1 Atthe HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch for which a firmware version 1s to be modified The Hardware View for the selected switch displays a At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays o Version Deserptim New Figure 3 28 Firmware Library dialog box 4 Select the firmware version to be modified and click Modify The Modify Firmware Description dialog box displays Figure 3 29 Modify Firmware Description dialog box edge switch 2 32 service manual 5 Repair Information Enter a modified description up to 24 characters for the firmware version and click OK The description should include the installation date and text that uniquely identify the firmware version The new description for the firmware version displays in the Firmware Library dialog box Click Close to close the
314. ror Callouts Words 2 and 4 ited response Ox3B User port detected frame error Undeliv HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 erable frame Ox3C User port detected transmission rate dis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 crepancy Ox3D User port detected transmission rate HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 inconsistent mode Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out of sync B 30 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 ECC CIN EN 0x42 User egress port detected frame transmis HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 sion error User ingress port detected internal time HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 out 0x45 User egress port detected frame internal HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 integrity error 0x46 User egress port detected internal proto HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 col error User port detected internal frame length HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x49 User port detected internal queue protocol HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 error Event Code 460 Message Management request out of range Severity Informational Explanation This event occurs when requests passed from the managing tool generally HAFM to the switch do not meet data boundary specifications This event is most likely to be trig gered if a
315. rt bottom half of the Performance View Right click a port bar graph to display statistics values for the port bottom half of the Performance View and access a menu to e Open the Port Properties Node Properties or Port Technology dialog boxes e Block or unblock the port e Enable or disable port beaconing e Perform port diagnostics e Enable or disable port channel wrapping This menu option displays only when the switch is configured for S 390 operating mode e Swap one Fibre Channel port address with another This menu option displays only when the switch is configured for S 390 operating mode e Clear link incident alerts e Reset the port e Configure Port Binding When a port is selected the bottom half of the Performance View displays the following tables of cumulative port statistics and error count values These statistics correspond to values defined in the Fabric Element management information base MIB e Traffic statistics e Class 2 statistics e Class 3 statistics e Error statistics Click the Refresh button to update statistical information displayed on the Performance View for the selected port Click the Clear button to reset the cumulative value counts to zero on the Performance View for the selected port A confirmation dialog box displays before the values are cleared edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 25 Repair Information Perform Loopback Tests This section describes procedures to perform a
316. rt properties 1 29 switch properties 1 28 diamond red meaning of 1 35 director firmware version 1 13 disk drive 1 12 domain ID 1 8 zone member 3 18 E E_Port segmentation 1 8 Edge Switch 2 32 operating status 1 35 electrostatic discharge ESD repair procedures caution 3 2 email messages introduction 1 6 e mail notification reporting 1 43 Index 1 Index Embedded Web Server 1 12 diagnostics 1 41 ESD repair procedures caution 3 2 Ethernet hub 1 12 LAN connector 1 20 ethernet LAN connectors 1 12 event codes CTP card events B 20 description B 1 fan module events B 17 power supply events B 14 system events B 2 thermal events B 60 event log 3 6 external loopback tests 3 28 E fabric logs 3 5 fabric manager messages A 1 fabric tree 1 37 Fabrics Tab zone sets view 3 17 fabrics view topology tab illustration 1 37 view area 1 37 zone sets tab 1llustration 1 38 fan module events event codes tables B 17 fans 1 18 illustrations 5 2 LEDs 1 20 part numbers 5 2 removal 4 6 replacement 4 7 fiber optic cleaning kit 1 45 components cleaning 3 33 protective plug 1 44 wrap plug 1 44 Fibre Connection management server see FMS Index 2 Fibre Connection see FICON FICON product management 1 4 field replaceable units See FRUs firmware adding a version 3 41 deleting a version 3 45 determining version 3 41 downloading 3 46 managing versions 3 40 modifying description 3 44 FMS product management 1 4
317. run the Windows operating system and HAFM application a Right click anywhere in the Windows task bar at the bottom of the desktop A pop up menu displays b Select Task Manager The Windows Task Manager dialog box displays with the Performance page open c Atthe Physical Memory K portion of the dialog box inspect the total amount of physical memory 2 90 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics d Close the dialog box by clicking Close at the upper right corner of the window CPU Usage CPU Usage History MEM Usage Memon Usage History Totals Physical Memory K Handles 2050 Total 129136 Threads 03 Avallable 45716 Processes 35 File Cache 32140 Commit Charge E Kernel lemor F Total 110620 Total 33564 Lirit 26724 Faged 25392 Peak 1711956 Monpaged al fe Processes 35 35 CFU CPU Usage 1 O 1 Mem Mem Usage 110620K 257204K y 110620k 2572046 2 Does the computer have sufficient memory YES NO 4 A memory upgrade is required Inform the customer of the problem and contact the next level of support 3 Reboot the HAFM server PC and perform system diagnostics a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b At the Windows Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC d Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC Aft
318. rver s firmware library to the switch or director Reconfigure the Fibre Channel port with a unique name Wait for the firmware installation process to complete and try the operation again Click Yes to delete the firmware version or No to abort the operation Click Yes to send the firmware version or No to abort the operation Messages A 20 Message Description aon Cannot change Port Type while in S 390 mode without SANtegrity feature Please contact your sales representative Cannot disable Switch Binding while Enterprise Fabric Mode is active and the Switch is Online Cannot disable Insistent Domain ID while Fabric Binding is active Cannot enable beaconing on a failed FRU Cannot enable beaconing while the system error lignet is on User attempted to change a port type in the Configure Ports dialog box while in S 390 mode but the optional SANtegrity feature is not installed User attempted to disable switch binding through the Switch Binding Change State dialog box but Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled User attempted to disable the Insistent Domain ID parameter through the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box but Fabric Binding is enabled Occurs when selecting Enable Beaconing option for a failed FRU Beaconing cannot be enabled while the system error light is on Informational message Install SANtegrity before changing port types in the Configure
319. rver to a specific Fibre Channel storage volume or logical device using a unit number See also access control personal computer PC A portable computer that consists of a system unit display keyboard mouse one or more diskette drives and internal fixed disk storage D point to point A Fibre Channel protocol topology that provides a single direct connection between two communication ports The director or switch supports only point to point topology port Receptacle on a device to which a cable leading to another device can be attached Ports provide Fibre Channel connections D edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 39 Glossary port address name A user defined symbolic name of 24 characters or less that identifies a particular port address port authorization Feature of the password definition function that allows an administrator to extend operator level passwords to specific port addresses for each director or switch definition managed by a personal computer PC Port authorization affects only operator level actions for active and saved matrices D port name Name that the user assigns to a particular port through the Product Manager application See also identifier Synonymous with address name POST See power on self test power on self test POST Series of diagnostic tests that are run automatically by a device when the power 1s turned on preferred domain ID Configured value that a switch will reque
320. ry 15 Glossary HAFM Session Log HAFM Session Log Log displayed though the HAFM application that records a session login and logout history for the HAFM server including the date and time user name and network address of each session This information 1s useful for system administrators and users See also HAFM audit log HAFM Event Log HAFM Product Status Log ElA See Electronic Industries Association electromagnetic interference EMI Undesirable electromagnetic emissions generated by solar activity lightning and electronic devices The emissions interfere with or degrade the performance of another electronic device D electronically erasable programmable read only memory A memory chip that can be loaded with data and later erased and loaded with update information electronic data interchange EDI The electronic transfer of preformatted business documents such as purchase orders and bills of lading between trading partners Electronic Industries Association EIA The governing body that publishes recommended standards for physical devices and associated interfaces For example RS 232 is the EIA standard that defines computer serial port connectivity D See also Telecommunications Industry Association electronic mail E mail Any communications service that permits the electronic transmission and storage of messages and attached or enclosed files electrostatic discharge ESD The undesirable discharge of static
321. s will not outgrow it Refers to anything whose size can be changed SCSI See small computer system interface segment A fabric segments when one or more switches cannot join the fabric because of various reasons The switch or switches remain as separate fabrics segmented E_Port See segmented expansion port segmented expansion port Segmented E_Port E_Port that has ceased to function as an E_Port within a multiswitch fabric due to an incompatibility between the fabrics that 1t joins See also bridge port fabric port generic port node port serial port A full duplex channel that sends and receives data at the same time It consists of three wires two that move data one bit at a time in opposite directions and a third wire that is a common signal ground wire server A computer that provides shared resources such as files and printers to the network Used primarily to store data providing access to shared resources Usually contains a network operating system SFP transceivers See small form factor pluggable transceivers Glossary 44 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary shortwave Lasers or light emitting diodes LEDs that emit light with wavelengths around 780 nm or 850 nm When using multimode fiber 50 nm shortwave lasers can be used with Fibre Channel links less than 500 m To achieve longer lengths single mode fiber is required The preferred fiber core size is 50 micron as this fiber has large bandwidt
322. s an example of the FRU List View Figure 1 14 FRU List View edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 31 General Information 1 32 Node List View Select Node List from view tabs Figure 1 13 on page 1 32 shows an example of the Node List View This view displays a table with information about all node attachments or N_Ports that have logged into existing F_Ports on the switch Only N_Ports display in the Node List View after nodes have logged in to the fabric The columns that display in the table include port number where the node is attached the port s address S 390 mode only node type WWN of the attached node device and BB_Credit used by the attached node Double click a port row to highlight 1t and display the Node Properties dialog box for that port Right click a port row to display the following menu options e Node Properties Displays the Node Properties dialog box e Port Properties Displays the Port Properties dialog box e Define Nickname Displays the Define Nickname dialog box where you can define a nickname to display for the attached device instead of the device s 8 byte WWN e Display options Allows you to display attached devices listed under the Port WWN column in the Node List View by the device s nickname configured through the Define Nickname menu option or the device s WWN Figure 1 15 Node List View edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Note that these options are also
323. s completely down in the horizontal position 4 Insert the power supply into the chassis until it stops 5 Raise the black plastic latch lever to the vertical position The power supply cams into its seated position in the chassis 6 Rotate the power lockout lever to the left to cover the plastic lever and expose the AC connector 7 Verifying that the power switch is off connect the AC power cord to the power supply and to a facility power source 8 Turn on the power switch edge switch 2 32 service manual 4 5 FRU Removal and Replacement 10 11 12 13 Inspect the power supply to ensure that the green LED is illuminated If the green LED is extinguished go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem At the HAFM server s Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs icon The Event Log displays Ensure the following event codes display in the log 203 Power supply AC voltage recovery 204 Power supply DC voltage recovery At the HAFM servers Hardware View observe the power supply graphic and ensure no alert symbols display that indicate a failure yellow triangle or red diamond If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem Perform the data collection procedure refer to Collecting Maintenance Data on page 3 32 Clear the switch system error ERR LED a At the HAFM server s Hardware View right click the front panel bezel graphi
324. s network card by a DHCP server IF your network does not have a DHCP server ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below Adapter 2 515 900 PC Fast Ethemet Adapter Obtain an IP address from a DHCP server Specify an IP address IP Address l Subnet Mask Default Gateway Continue 20 Configure the HAFM server reporting the Duplicate Session communication problem as a client a At the Product View select Logout from the Logout Exit menu on the navigation control panel The HAFM Login dialog box displays b Atthe HAFM Login dialog box type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 7 c Type the IP address of the HAFM server running the first instance of the HAFM application in the HAFM server field d Click Login The HAFM application opens as a client and the Product View displays Did the HAFM server reconfigure as a client and did the Ethernet connection recover NO YES a The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and the second HAFM server appears operational as a client edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Contact the next level of support 21 The IP address defining the switch to the HAFM application is incorrect or unknown and must be verified A maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC and asynchronous RS 232 modem cable are required to verify the switch IP address Bo
325. sa si iba 4 1 PRUS asirio aii dl 4 1 Proceduri NOIES y out Rao ie le seg Feed ego wee she one nt eT ape 4 2 RRP SPP Transcetvel NI E EA AS O O 4 2 Removal at eh ce a da ea eis dE 4 2 Replacements ve ds eds ales ob eS na at 4 3 RRP Power SUD DIY sureste AS acetate Pe ee Se Yee aaah 4 4 vi edge switch 2 32 service manual A A Gee ts se ics ee aoe ee seas ete a ee 4 4 REPracement 36 44 hou tc oia dise ias dans 4 5 IU AA o in II 4 6 Removal pasto daa eso adiciona 4 6 EPIA CMS dto es o Rad ae 4 7 RRP CTP Card Switch Replacement 0 0 0 0 ccc ee 4 8 Replacing a Failed SWC court ben ew eee doomed 4 8 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Front Accessible FRUS tu scada bed 5 1 Rear Accessible RUS 12 6 25 44 ote ido idad e dd 5 2 Miscellaneous Parts eses pp eS ed doh ee ese Pa aie 5 4 Messages HAEM Application Mess ae crisis rias ba eee EAS rel A I Edge 32 Switch Product Manager Messages 20 0 ccc cece eee nooo A 19 Event Codes System Events 000 through 199 snaar aaa E enn ees B 2 Power Supply Events 200 through 299 oo o o ooooooococmoooommo roo B 14 Fan Module Events 300 through 399 0cocrso rias ri B 17 CTP2 Card Events 400 through 499 iii A a a eee ees B 20 Port Evens OOO throne F399 eranen en eae e odes Zones daa B 32 SBAR Events 600 through 699 o o oooooooooor o B 53 Thermal Events 800 through 899 o o ooooooocococoooonocor eee ees B 60 Glossary Index
326. se Link Log Home Info Incident TT Y E SETE A Event Code 011 Login Server database invalid Explanation Following an initial machine load IML or firmware download the Login server database failed its cyclic redundancy check CRC validation All Fabric Services databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in an implicit Fabric logout of all attached devices Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event B 2 edge switch 2 32 service manual Distribution Message Severity Explanation Event Codes Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident ASE AA A Event Code 021 Name Server database invalid Minor Following an IML or firmware download the Name server database failed its CRC vali dation All Fabric Services databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in an implicit Fabric logout of all attached devices Action Perform the data collection procedure and return the Zip disk to HP support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event witch EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log Distribution AA ES A E E Event Code 031 Message SNMP request received from unauthorized community Severity Informational Explanation An SNMP request containing an unauthorized community name was received and rejected with
327. so active zone set zone set zoning zone member Specification of a device to be included in a zone A zone member can be identified by the port number of the director or switch to which it is attached or by its port world wide name WWN In multiswitch fabrics identification of end devices or nodes by WWN is preferable zone set A collection of zones that may be activated as a unit See also active zone set zone zoning Grouping of several devices by function or by location All devices connected to a connectivity product such as the director or switch may be configured into one or more zones See also access control zone edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 53 10 100 Mbps LAN connectors 1 12 A additional port function 2 67 alert symbols HAFM 1 23 Product Manager 1 27 alerts introduction 1 5 audit logs 3 6 B bandwidth of ports 1 1 beaconing introduction 1 6 blocking a port 3 39 C call home feature introduction 1 6 call home notification reporting 1 43 CD ROM drive 1 12 channel wrap test procedure 3 29 circle green meaning of 1 35 clock speed 1 12 configuration data backing up 3 49 managing 3 48 resetting 3 51 restoring 3 50 connectors and indicators 1 19 edge switch 2 32 service manual Index CTP cards event codes tables B 20 D data collection 1 6 diagnostic software introduction 1 6 diagnostics HAFM 1 21 port 3 19 Product Manager 1 24 software 1 21 dialog boxes po
328. ss and retry the operation Messages No attached An operation was attempted Select an attached nodes selected without an attached node node and try the selected operation again No HAFM server An HAFM server is not defined to Atthe HAFM Login specified the HAFM application screen type a server name in the HAFM server field and click Login No nickname No nickname was selected when Select a nickname selected the command was attempted and try again No product No director or switch Product Install the appropriate managers Manager application is installed Product Manager to installed on this workstation this workstation No routing No information is available for the Select a different information route selected route and try the available operation again No user A user was not selected when the Select a user and try selected command was attempted again No zone member A zoning operation was attempted Select a zone selected without a zone member selected member and try the operation again No zone A zoning operation was attempted Select a zone and try selected without a zone selected the operation again No zone selected Azoning operation was attempted Select a zone and try or zone no without a zone selected or the the operation again longer exists zone selected no longer exists in the fabric No zone set A zone set cannot be deactivated Informational active if there are no active
329. st be fixed before the firmware download Conditions that terminate the process include The firmware version is being installed to the switch by another user The switch to HAFM server link fails or times out If a problem occurs and a corresponding message displays go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 2 7 to isolate the problem If no error occurs the Send Firmware confirmation box displays Ro Figure 3 32 Send Firmware confirmation box 8 Click Yes The Send Firmware dialog box displays As the download begins a Sending Files message displays at the top of the dialog box This message remains for a few moments as a progress bar travels across the dialog box to show percent completion of the download As the download progresses a Writing data to FLASH message displays This message remains as the progress bar continues to travel across the dialog box The edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 47 Repair Information bar progresses to 100 when the last file is transmitted to the CTP card The switch then performs an IPL during which the switch to HAFM server link drops momentarily and the following occur at the Product Manager application As the network connection drops the Status table turns yellow the Status field displays No Link and the State field displays a reason message The alert panel at the bottom of the navigation control panel displays a grey square indicating switch status is unknown I
330. st from the Principal Switch If the preferred value is already in use the Principal Switch will assign a different value preventive service planning bucket PSP bucket Collected problems after early ship of an IBM product principal switch In a multiswitch fabric the switch that allocates domain IDs to itself and to all other switches in the fabric There is always one principal switch in a fabric If a switch is not connected to any other switches it acts as its own principal switch printed wiring assembly PWA A thin board on which integrated circuits and other electronic components are placed and connected to each other via thin copper traces private device A loop device that cannot transmit a fabric login command FLOGI command to a switch or director nor communicate with fabric attached devices Contrast with public device processor complex A system configuration that consists of all the machines required for operation for example a processor unit a processor controller a system display a service support display and a power and coolant distribution unit Glossary 40 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary Product Manager application Application that implements the management user interface for a director or switch There are two Product Manager applications director or switch Product Manager and HAFM Product Manager 1 In the HAFM Services application the software component that provides a graphical user
331. station menu displays 6 Atthe Windows Workstation menu select Run The Run dialog box displays Type the name of a program folder or document and Windows will open it for you Open IM unin Separate Memon Space Cancel Browse Figure 3 39 Run dialog box 7 Atthe Run dialog box select the directory path hard drive or CD ROM drive and filename of the executable file HAFM_ServerInstall exe using the Browse button The directory path and filename display in the Open field 8 Click OK A series of message boxes display as the InstallAnywhere third party application prepares to install the HAFM application software followed by the HAFM dialog box WZ SANworks Director Connectivity Manager Use the Next button to proceed to the next screen Ifyou wantto change something in a previous screen click the Previous button You may quit the installer at any time by clicking the Exit Install buttton InstallAnywhere Previous Mert Figure 3 40 HAFM dialog box edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 53 9 Follow the online instructions for the Install Anywhere program Click Next Install or Done as appropriate 10 Power off and reboot the HAFM server PC a Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Windows Logon Information dialog box b Type a user name and password and click OK The Windows desktop displays NOTE If required obtain the user name and password from the cust
332. stics for that port displays beneath the port bar graphs Each port bar graph in the upper portion of the view displays the instantaneous transmit or receive activity level for the port and is updated every five seconds The relative value displayed is the greater of either the transmit or receive activity whichever value is greatest when sampled Each port s graph has multiple green bar level indicators that correspond to a percentage of the maximum Fibre Channel throughput for the port either transmit or receive If any activity is detected for a port at least one green bar displays A red indicator on each port bar graph high water mark remains at the highest level the graph has reached since the Performance View was opened The indicator does not display if the port is offline and is reset to the bottom of the graph if the port detects a loss of light When the mouse pointer is passed over a port bar graph the graph highlights with a blue border and an information pop up displays adjacent to the port as follows e If a device is not attached to the port the pop up displays the port s current state edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information e Ifa device is attached to the port the pop up displays the WWN of the attached device e If the port is an E_Port the pop up displays E_Port e If the port is segmented the pop up displays Segmented E_Port Click a port bar graph to display statistics values for the po
333. switch is configured for Open Fabric mode and the switch at the other end of the ISL is an HP director or switch configured for Homogeneous mode Or the switch is connected to a non HP switch and interop mode is set to Homogeneous fabric mode Configure the switch operating mode a Ensure the switch is set offline For instructions refer to Set Offline State on page 3 38 and return here edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 71 Diagnostics 2 72 b Atthe Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Operating Mode from the Configure menu The Configure Operating Mode dialog box displays c Select the operating mode as follows Select the Open Systems radio button to set the switch to open systems operating mode then select Homogeneous Fabric or Open Fabric 1 0 from the Interop Mode list box Select Homogeneous Fabric if the switch is fabric attached only to other HP switches that are also operating in homogeneous fabric mode Select Open Fabric 1 0 if the fabric contains HP switches and other open fabric compliant switches d Click the Activate button to save the selection and close the dialog box Did configuring the operating mode solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 19 A loopback wrap plug is connected to the port and there is no diagnostic test running ls a loopback plug i
334. t Log NOTE If multiple event codes are found note all codes and associated severity levels Record the date time and listed sequence and determine if the codes are related to the reported problem Begin fault isolation with the most recent event code with the highest severity level Other codes may accompany this event code or may indicate a normal indication after a problem is recovered a At the Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel The Event Log displays b Record the event code date time and severity Informational Minor Major or Severe c Record all event codes that may relate to the reported problem 3111 0211 18 18 AM 070 E _Porthas become segmented Informational 2B 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 311 02 11 15 54 AM 070 E_Porthas become segmented Informational 28 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 311 02 11 13 15 AM 203 Powersupply AC voltage recovery Informational PWR 0 Were one or more event codes found NO YES y Go to Table 2 3 on page 2 2 Return to the MAP step that sent you here 24 Are you at the switch reporting the problem YES NO 4 Go to step 36 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 15 Diagnostics 2 16 25 Is the PWR LED at the switch front panel illuminated NO YES 4 Go to step 30 26 Is the power switch set to the Power On 1 position NO YES y Go to step 29 21 Power on the switch Inspect the switch for indications of
335. t across the conductor terminals D OLS See offline sequence online Referring to data stored on the system so it 1s available immediately to the user online diagnostics Diagnostics that can be run by the customer engineer while the operational software is running These diagnostics do not impact user operations online state When the switch or director is in the online state all of the unblocked ports are allowed to log in to the fabric and begin communicating Devices can connect to the switch or director if the port is not blocked and can communicate with another attached device if both devices are in the same zone or if the default zone is enabled Contrast with offline state Open Systems Architecture OSI A model that represents a network as a hierarchical structure of functional layers Each layer provides a set of functions that can be accessed and used by the layer above Layers are independent in that implementation of a layer can be changed without affecting other layers D open systems management server OSMS An optional feature that can be enabled on the director or switch through the Product Manager application When enabled host control and management of the director or switch are provided through an Open System Interconnection OSI device attached to a director or switch port edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 37 Glossary open systems mode The mode that is used for HP or open fabrics See also ope
336. t occurs when the switch receives a command from the management tool HAFM that does not meet specified boundary conditions This may occur as a result of a network communication error The switch rejects the command then disconnects from the management tool to force error recovery processing The management tool should immediately reconnect and the operation can be retried B 12 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Action No action required if this is an isolated event If this event is persistent perform a data collection operation for this switch and return the data to HP Services for analysis Event Data None Nonvola System a E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Home Info Incident System Indicator y Event Code 121 Message Zone set activation failed Zone set too large Severity Informational This event occurs when the switch receives a zone set activation command from the management tool HAFM that exceed the size supported by the switch The switch rejects the command then disconnects from the management tool to force error recov ery processing The management tool should immediately reconnect and the operation can be retried Explanation Reduce the size of the zone set so it conforms to the limits specified in the user manual and retry the activation Verify that the number of zones and zone members in the zone set are within the limits stated in the user manual or try reducing t
337. t through the product s Fibre Connection FICON management server FMS that communicates with the IBM System Automation for OS 390 SA OS 390 operating system The operating system resides on an IBM System 390 or zSeries 900 Parallel Enterprise server attached to a director or switch port and communicates through a FICON channel Control of connectivity and statistical product monitoring are provided through a host attached console edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Figure 1 3 on page 1 5 illustrates inband product management In the figure the managed product is an Edge Switch 2 32 The figure shows the following elements FICON Channel EE Fibre Channel Connection SHR 2364a O S 390 or zSeries 900 parallel Edge Switch 2 32 Enterprise server O OSI server O Host attached console Figure 1 3 Inband Product Management Error Detection Reporting and Serviceability Features The switch provides the following error detection reporting and serviceability features Light emitting diodes LEDs on switch FRUs and adjacent to Fibre Channel ports that provide visual indicators of hardware status or malfunctions System and threshold alerts event logs audit logs link incident logs threshold alert logs and hardware logs that display switch Ethernet link and Fibre Channel link status at the HAFM server or on a remote workstation edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 5 G
338. t until the process is completes then perform the operation again Cancel the operation The link to the director is not avallable This feature has not been installed Please contact your sales representative This feature key does not include all of the features currently installed and Cannot be activated while the switch is online Threshold alerts are not supported Unable to change to incompatible firmware release Unable to save data collection file to destination You do not have rights to perform this action edge switch 2 32 service manual The Ethernet connection between the HAFM server and the switch or director is down or unavailable Indicator that the feature has not been installed on this switch The feature set currently installed for this system contains features that are not being installed with the new feature key To activate the new feature key you must set the switch offline Activating the new feature set however will remove current features not in the new feature set Threshold alerts are not supported in firmware releases before 1 03 00 The user tried to download a firmware release that is not compatible with the current product configuration The HAFM server could not save the data collection file to the specified location PC hard drive diskette or network Configured user rights do not allow this operation to be performed Messages
339. tch and the HAFM server or between a switch and a web browser PC running the Embedded Web Server interface Failure indicators include edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 39 Diagnostics At the Product View a grey square at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem e At the Hardware View a grey square at the alert panel a No Link status and reason at the switch Status table and no FRUs visible for the switch e Atthe web browser PC A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message e An event code 433 recorded only in nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM on the switch s CTP card e An event code 430 431 432 440 recorded at the switch Event Log or Embedded Web Server event log When the logical connection between the switch and HAFM server is initiated it may take up to five minutes for the link to activate at the Product View and a green circle to display at the alert panel and the background to the icon representing the switch This delay is normal configuration Installation of switches and the HAFM server on a public customer g CAUTION Prior to servicing a switch or HAFM server determine the Ethernet LAN intranet can complicate problem determination and fault isolation 1 Was an event code 430 431 432 or 440 observed at the switch Event Log HAFM server or at the Embedded Web Server event log
340. tective cap over the maintenance port Continue 22 Define the switch s correct IP address to the HAFM server a At the Product View right click the icon with the grey square representing the switch reporting the problem A pop up menu displays b Select Modify The Modify Network Address dialog box displays c Type the correct IP address and click OK Did the IP address below the switch icon change to the new entry and did the Ethernet connection recover NO YES 4 The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 23 An incorrect product type is defined to the HAFM server edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics a Atthe Product View right click the icon with the grey square representing the product reporting the problem A pop up menu displays b Select Delete A warning dialog box displays asking if the product is to be deleted c Click Yes to delete the product d Atthe Product View select New Product from the Configure menu on the navigation control panel The New Product dialog box displays e Type the configured IP address in the Network Address field f Select Edge 32 from the Product Type list box and click OK Did the IP address below the switch icon change to the new entry and did the Ethernet connection recover NO YES y The switch to HAFM server connection is restored and appears operational 24 The product at the
341. tenance Approach Whenever possible the maintenance approach instructs service personnel to perform fault isolation and repair procedures without degrading or interrupting operation of the switch attached devices or associated applications Switch fault isolation begins when one or more of the following occur e System event information displays at the attached HAFM server a remote workstation communicating with the HAFM server or the Embedded Web Server interface e LEDs on the switch front panel or FRUs illuminate to indicate a hardware malfunction e An unsolicited SNMP trap message is received at a management workstation indicating an operational state change or failure e Notification of a significant system event is received at a designated support center through an e mail message or the call home feature System events can be related to a e Switch or HAFM server failure hardware or software e Ethernet LAN communication failure between the switch and HAFM server e Link failure between a port and attached device edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 13 General Information e ISL failure or segmentation of an E_port Fault isolation and service procedures vary depending on the system event information provided Fault isolation and related service information is provided through maintenance analysis procedures MAPs documented in Chapter 3 MAPs consist of step by step procedures that prompt service personnel for informat
342. text message the Status and State fields change to a yellow background refer to Figure 1 12 Not Operational the switch failed is not operational and requires immediate service In addition to the text message the Status and State fields change to a yellow background refer to Figure 1 12 No Link if the switch to HAFM server link is down No Link displays in the Status field the Status and State fields change to a yellow background the Name Description and Location fields do not display and the State field changes to a Reason field with a brief description of the link loss condition For a description of link loss conditions refer to MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication on page 2 39 The State field shows one of the following Online when the switch is set online an unblocked port and all unbypassed ports are awaiting device login and are able to attach to a device This state is configured through the Set Online State dialog box or following an IML Off 1ine when the switch is set offline all ports are offline and cannot accept a login from an attached device that requires a switch connection This state 1s configured through the Set Online State dialog box Coming online this is a transitional state that occurs just prior to the switch going online Unless a problem occurs this state displays only briefly The switch automatically transitions through this state after a power up or reset procedure Go
343. th tools are provided by installation or service personnel To verify the switch IP address a Remove the protective cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the switch a flat tip screwdriver may be required Connect one end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port b Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC c Power on the maintenance terminal After the PC powers on the Windows desktop displays d Atthe Windows desktop click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays NOTE The following steps describe inspecting the IP address using HyperTerminal serial communication software e Atthe Windows Workstation menu sequentially select Programs Accessories and HyperTerminal The Connection Description dialog box displays ae New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 49 Diagnostics f Type Edge 32 in the Name field and click OK The Connect To dialog box displays LK Came g Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the serial communication port connection to the switch and click OK The COMn dialog box displays where nis 1 or 2 h Configure the Port Settings parameters as follows Bits per second 57600 Data bits 8 2 50 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Parity
344. th AC power cords PSO and PS1 are connected to the rear of the switch and to facility power receptacles If not connect the cords as directed by the customer b Ensure associated facility circuit breakers are on If not ask the customer set the circuit breakers on c Ensure the AC power cords are not damaged If damaged replace the cords Was a corrective action performed edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 29 Diagnostics 2 30 YES NO Y Go to step 15 14 Verify operation of both power supplies a Inspect the power supplies and ensure the green LEDs illuminate b Atthe Hardware View observe the graphics representing the power supplies and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does nat display Is a failure indicated YES NO 4 The switch appears operational 15 Ensure both power supplies are correctly installed and seated in the CTP card If required partially remove and reseat the power supplies Was a corrective action performed YES NO y Go to step 17 16 Verify operation of both power supplies a Inspect the power supplies and ensure the green LEDs illuminate b Atthe Hardware View observe the graphics representing the power supplies and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does nat display Is a failure indicated YES NO y The switch appears operational 17 Inspect the switch for indications the power supplies are operational but the switch is not
345. the Status table at the top of the Hardware View Observe green and amber LEDs that illuminate on graphical FRUs These LEDs emulate LED operation on corresponding switch FRUs Observe graphical FRUs that emulate the hardware configuration and operational status of the corresponding switch Colored symbols display on graphical FRUs to represent failed or degraded status The colors and shapes are consistent with other status displays Select a view tab to perform maintenance functions or display logs that provide service and diagnostic related information Select graphical FRUs with the mouse to display maintenance related dialog boxes or perform maintenance functions edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 25 General Information Status Table The switch Status table displays the selected switch operational status operational state port state name description and location The Status field shows one of the following 1 26 Fully Operational all switch FRUs and ports are fully operational and no failures are indicated Redundant Failure a redundant FRU failed power supply or fan FRU and the switch 1s operational In addition to the text message the Status and State fields change to a yellow background refer to Figure 1 12 Hardware View Minor Failure a failure occurred that decreased the operational capability of the switch port SFP failure but has not affected normal switching operations In addition to the
346. the indicated power supply is connected to facility power Ensure the AC power cord PSO or PS1 is connected to the rear of the switch and a facility power receptacle If not connect the cord as directed by the customer a Ensure the associated facility circuit breaker is on If not ask the customer set the circuit breaker on b Ensure the AC power cord is not damaged If damaged replace the cord Was a corrective action performed YES NO y Go to step 8 7 Verify power supply operation a Inspect the power supply and ensure the green LED illuminates edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 27 Diagnostics 2 28 b Atthe Hardware View observe the graphic representing the power supply and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does not display Is a failure indicated YES NO 4 The switch appears operational 8 Ensure the power supply is correctly installed and seated in the CTP card If required partially remove and reseat the power supply Was a corrective action performed YES NO y Go to step 10 9 Verify power supply operation a Inspect the power supply and ensure the green LED illuminates b Atthe Hardware View observe the graphic representing the power supply and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does not display Is a failure indicated YES NO 4 The switch appears operational 10 A redundant power supply failed and must be removed and replaced RRP
347. the link to a stream of bits at the other end FC 1 Middle layer of the Fibre Channel physical and signaling interface FC PH standard defining the 8B 10B encoding decoding and transmission protocol FC 2 The Fibre Channel layer that specifies the signaling protocol rules and mechanisms required to transfer data blocks The FC 2 layer is very complex and provides different classes of service packetization sequencing error detection segmentation and reassembly of transmitted data D edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 19 Glossary FC 3 The Fibre Channel layer that provides a set of services common across multiple node ports N_Ports of a Fibre Channel node The services are not commonly used and are essentially reserved for Fibre Channel architecture expansion D FC 4 The Fibre Channel layer that provides mapping of Fibre Channel capabilities to upper level protocols ULP including Internet protocol IP and small computer system interface SCSI D FCA See Fibre Channel Association FC adapter Fibre Channel adapter See host bus adapter FCC Federal Communications Commission FCC IOC See Fibre Channel I O controller FCFE See Fibre Channel fabric element FCFE MIB See Fibre Channel fabric element management information base FCIA See Fibre Channel Industry Association FC IP See Fibre Channel IP address FCMGMT See Fibre Channel management framework integration FC PH See Fibre
348. the other A bridge can connect the LAN segments directly by network adapters and software in a single device or can connect network adapters in two devices through software and use of a telecommunication link between the two adapters 2 A functional unit that connects two LANs that use the same logical link control protocol but may use different media access control protocols T Contrast with router 3 A device that connects and passes packets between two network segments that use the same communications protocol bridge port B_Port 1 In Fibre Channel protocol a fabric inter element port used to connect bridge devices with E_Ports on a switch B_Ports provide a subset of E_Port functionality 2 A term for a physical interface between the fabric switch and a bridge device The interface is identical to an expansion port E_Port but it does not participate in full expansion port protocols As such it does not assign domain IDs or participate in routing protocol See also expansion port fabric port generic port node port segmented expansion port British thermal unit Btu The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit D broadband Large bandwidth communications channel capable of multiple parallel high speed transmissions broadcast In Fibre Channel protocol to send a transmission to all node ports N_Ports on a fabric See also broadcast frame broadcast frame
349. thernet port blink momentarily while the port is tested d The green and amber LEDs associated with the ports blink momentarily while the ports are tested 4 After successful POST completion the green power PWR LED remains illuminated and all other LEDs extinguish 5 Ifa POST error or other malfunction occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 7 to isolate the problem NOTE When powering on the switch after removing and replacing a faulty FRU the amber system error LED may remain illuminated Clear the system error LED as part of the replacement procedure Power Off Procedure To power off the switch 1 Notify the customer the switch 1s to be powered off Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline 2 Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 38 3 Turn off both power switches at the rear of the unit 4 If servicing the switch disconnect the power cord s from the input power module at the rear of the switch This step is not required when performing a power cycle Reset or IPL the Switch A switch reset using the IML button at the switch front panel or IPL at the Product Manager application are functionally equivalent They e Perform partial power on diagnostics reset functional logic for the CTP card and load firmware from FLASH memory to random access memory RAM without powering off the switch edg
350. tination identifier D_ID fields of a Fibre Channel frame nondisruptive maintenance See concurrent maintenance nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM RAM that retains its content when the device power is turned off N_Port See node port N_Port ID See node port identifier NV RAM See nonvolatile random access memory 0 octet An 8 bit quantity often called a byte or word An octet can equal a byte as long as the byte equals eight bits See also byte OEM See original equipment manufacturer offline Referring to data stored on a medium such as tape or even paper that is not available immediately to the user Glossary 36 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary offline diagnostics Diagnostics that only operate in stand alone mode User operations cannot take place with offline diagnostics running offline sequence OLS 1 Sequence sent by the transmitting port to indicate that it is attempting to initialize a link and has detected a problem in doing so 2 Sequence sent by the transmitting port to indicate that it is offline offline state When the switch or director is in the offline state all the installed ports are offline The ports transmit an offline sequence OLS and they cannot accept a login got connection from an attached device Contrast with online state ohm A unit of electrical resistance equal to that of a conductor in which a current of one ampere is produced by a potential of one vol
351. ting parameters Duplicate domain ID s Incompatible zoning configurations Build fabric protocol error No principal switch No response from attached switch Exchange link protocol ELP retransmission failure timeout This field also displays reasons for Invalid Attachment state e 01 Unknown Invalid attachment reason cannot be determined e 02 ISL connection not allowed on this port Port is configured as an F_Port but connected to switch or director 3 22 edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information e 3 ELP rejected by the attached switch This director switch transmitted an exchange link protocol ELP frame that was rejected by the switch at the other end of the ISL e 04 Incompatible switch at the other end of the ISL Interop mode for this switch is set to Open Fabric mode and the switch at the other end of the ISL is an HP switch configured for Homogeneous Fabric mode e 05 External loopback adapter connected to the port A loopback plug is connected to the port and there is no diagnostic test running e 06 N_Port connection not allowed on this port The port type configuration does not match the actual port use Port is configured as an E_Port but attaches to a node device e 07 Non HP switch at other end of the ISL The cable is connected to a non HP switch and interop mode is set to Homogeneous fabric mode e 08 ISL connection not allowed on this port The port type configuration does not match
352. tip screwdriver may be required Connect one end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port b Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC c Power on the maintenance terminal After the PC powers on the Windows desktop displays d Atthe Windows desktop click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays NOTE The following steps describe inspecting event code 433 using HyperTerminal serial communication software e Atthe Windows Workstation menu sequentially select Programs Accessories and HyperTerminal The Connection Description dialog box displays as New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connector Hame edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 55 Diagnostics f Type Edge 32 in the Name field and click OK The Connect To dialog box displays D device Enter details for the phone number that pon want to dial Countyrregion United States of America 1 rea code 303 Phone number Connect using Cancel g Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the serial communication port connection to the switch and click OK The COMn dialog box displays where nis 1 or 2 Fort Settings oa ail TT Data bits E Parity None Stop bits Flow control Hardware Restore Defaults h Configure the Port Settings parameters as follows
353. tive displays as one continuous link See connectivity attribute See also allowed connection blocked connection connectivity capability dynamic connectivity unblocked connection dynamic connectivity The capability that allows connections to be established and removed at any time dynamic random access memory DRAM Random access memory that resides in a cell comprised of a capacitor and transistor DRAM data deteriorates that is 1s dynamic unless the capacitor is periodically recharged by the controlling microprocessor DRAM is slow but relatively inexpensive D Contrast with Static random access memory Glossary 14 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary E EAF See enhanced availability feature EDI See electronic data interchange E D TOV See error detect time out value EE PROM See electronically erasable programmable read only memory HAFM audit log HAFM audit log Log displayed though the HAFM application that provides a history of user actions performed at the HAFM server through the HAFM application This information 1s useful for system administrators and users See also audit log HAFM Event Log HAFM Product Status Log HAFM Session Log HAFM Event Log HAFM Event Log Log displayed though the HAFM application that provides a record of events or error conditions recorded by the HAFM Services application Entries reflect the status of the application and managed directors and switches Information assoc
354. tly wipe the end face and other surfaces of the connector with an alcohol pad as shown in part B of Figure 3 19 Ensure the pad makes full contact with the surface to be cleaned Wait approximately five seconds for surfaces to dry 4 Repeat step 2 and step 3 of this procedure second cleaning 5 Repeat step 2 and step 3 of this procedure again third cleaning then reconnect the fiber optic cable to the port Power On Procedure 3 34 To power on the switch 1 One alternating current AC power cord is required for each power supply Ensure power cord s are available to connect the switch to facility power WARNING An HP supplied power cord is provided for each switch power supply N To prevent electric shock when connecting the switch to primary facility power use only the supplied power cord s and ensure the facility power receptacle is the correct type supplies the required voltage and is properly grounded 2 Turn on both power switches at the rear of the unit The unit powers on and performs power on self tests POSTS NOTE If two power cords are used for high availability plug the cords into separate facility power circuits 3 During POSTs a The green power PWR LED on the switch front panel illuminates edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information b The amber system error ERR LED on the switch front panel blinks momentarily while the switch is tested c The green LEDs associated with the E
355. to 12 authorized management workstations can be configured through the Product Manager application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate switch operational state changes and failure conditions NOTE For more information about SNMP support provided by HP products refer to the hp StorageWorks SNMP reference guide for directors and edge switches Zoning Feature The switch supports a name server zoning feature that partitions attached devices into restricted access groups called zones Devices in the same zone can recognize and communicate with each other through switched port to port connections Devices in separate zones cannot communicate with each other Zoning is configured by authorizing or restricting access to name server information associated with device N_Ports that attach to switch fabric ports F_Ports A zone member is specified by the port number to which a device is attached or by the eight byte 16 digit worldwide name WWN assigned to the host bus adapter HBA or Fibre Channel interface installed in a device A device can belong to multiple zones cable configuration disrupts zone operation and may incorrectly include or exclude a i CAUTION If zoning is implemented by port number a change to the switch fiber optic device from a zone If zoning is implemented by WWN removal and replacement of a device HBA or Fibre Channel interface thereby changing the device WWN disrupts zone operatio
356. to MAP link state 0600 SBAR anomaly detected No action required SBAR failure Go to MAP 0600 SBAR revision not supported Go to MAP 0600 High temperature warning port Go to MAP module thermal sensor 0500 Critically hot temperature warning Go to MAP port module thermal sensor 0500 Port module shutdown due to thermal Go to MAP violations 0500 High temperature warning SBAR Go to MAP thermal sensor 0500 806 Critically hot temperature warning Go to MAP SBAR thermal sensor 0500 2 6 edge switch 2 32 service manual 985 586 602 604 605 00 8 801 802 805 Diagnostics Table 2 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action Continued 807 SBAR shutdown due to thermal Go to MAP violations 0500 810 High temperature warning CTP Go to MAP thermal sensor 0500 811 Critically hot temperature warning Go to MAP CTP thermal sensor 0500 12 8 CTP shutdown due to thermal Go to MAP violations 0500 System shutdown due to CTP thermal Go to MAP violations 0500 MAP 0000 Start MAP This MAP describes initial fault isolation for the switch Fault isolation begins at the HP StorageWorks High Availability Fabric Manager HAFM server failed switch or Internet connected personal computer PC running the Embedded Web Server interface 1 Prior to fault isolation acquire the following information from the customer e A system configuration drawing or planning worksheet that in
357. to abort the loopback test 11 When the test completes test results display for each port tested as Port xx Test Passed or Port xx Failed in the message area of the dialog box If a port fails the test the amber LED for the port remains illuminated edge switch 2 32 service manual 3 27 Repair Information 12 When finished click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics dialog box and return to the Hardware View Beaconing is disabled for the port 13 Reset each tested port External Loopback Test 3 28 To perform an external loopback test for a single port l Notify the customer that a disruptive external loopback test will be performed on a port and the fiber optic cable or cables will be disconnected Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets attached devices offline NOTE At the start of the loopback test the port can be online offline blocked or unblocked 2 3 At the HAFM server open the HAFM application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch for which the loopback test 1s to be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays At the Hardware View verify the location of the port to be tested When the mouse pointer is passed over the graphical port on the front view of the switch the port highlights with a blue border and an pop up displays Switch Port Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cabl
358. to the user s work such as a program that does inventory control or payroll 3 A program used to connect and communicate with stations in a network enabling users to perform application oriented activities 1 application program interface API A set of programming functions and routines that provides access between protocol layers such as between an application and network services edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 3 Glossary application specific integrated circuit ASIC An asynchronous transfer mode ATM local area network wide area network LAN WAN circuit using cell relay transport technology ASICs are designed for a specific application or purpose such as implementing the lower layer Fibre Channel protocol FC 0 They are particularly suited to sending video and audio information as well as text ASICs differ from general purpose devices such as memory chips or microprocessors archive 1 To copy files to a long term storage medium for backup 2 Removing data usually old or inactive files from a system and permanently storing the data on removable media to reclaim system hard disk space area The second byte of the node port N_Port identifier ASCII See American National Standard Code for Information Interchange ASIC See application specific integrated circuit attribute In S 390 mode the connection status of the address on a configuration matrix allowed blocked or prohibited audit log L
359. tomatically transferred from the switch to the HAFM server over the Ethernet LAN connection where it is stored for later retrieval during the data collection operation Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Event Data Bytes 0 3 Fault identifier least significant byte first for example event data 33 22 11 00 Bytes 4 7 Fault identifier specific data Bytes 8 11 Fault identifier specific data Distribution HAFM HAFM Server Host Nonvola System Event E Mail O l IIS Ec MIA Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Moa A E UA JA YY Event Code 421 Firmware download complete Informational Explanation A new version of the switch firmware was successfully downloaded from the HAFM server or from the Embedded Web Server No action required B 22 edge switch 2 32 service manual Event Codes Event Data New firmware release level ASCII in the format FF MM II BBBB FF Bytes 0 1 Function release level MM Bytes 3 4 Maintenance release level II Bytes 6 7 Interim release level BBBBB Bytes 9 12 Build ID Example 30 31 2E 30 32 2E 30 30 20 30 30 34 38 Release 10 02 00 Build 0048 Notes Release format punctuation is incorporated in data and formatted in ASCII Only the first byte of word 3 is used Data is an array of byt
360. tor from which a user can make a selection edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 33 Glossary menu bar The menu bar is located across the top of a monitor window Pull down menus are displayed by clicking the menu bar option with the mouse or by pressing Alt with the underlined letter of the name for the menu bar option D MIB See management information base mirroring The writing of data to pairs of drives in an array creating two exact copies of the drive contents This procedure provides a backup of data in case of a failure modem Modem is an abbreviation for modulator demodulator A communication device that converts digital computer data to signals and signals to computer data These signals can be received or transmitted by the modem via a phone line or other method of telecommunication ms Millisecond multimedia A simultaneous presentation of data in more than one form such as by means of both visual and audio multimode optical fiber A graded index or step index optical fiber that allows more than one mode light path to propagate Contrast with singlemode optical fiber multiplexer A device that allows two or more signals to be transmitted simultaneously on a single channel multiswitch fabric Fibre Channel fabric created by linking more than one director or fabric switching device within a fabric name server 1 In TCP IP see domain name server 2 In Fibre Channel protocol a server that allows
361. turn the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Event Log Y C O Event Code 583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Explanation A loss of synchronization condition has been recognized by the incident node and it has persisted for more than the R_T_TOV timeout period A loss of signal condition has been recognized by the incident node see FC PH clause 16 4 2 Action A link incident record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is per formed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using HAFM save the data file to the HAFM server Zip drive and return the Zip disk to HP Services for analysis edge switch 2 32 service manual B 49 Event Codes Event Data Distribution Byte 0 Port number 00 0F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 OX0A LF1 Ox0C OL1A Ox0D OL1C OxOE OL2 OxOF OL3 Nonvola System Event E Mail Call Sense Link tile Error Log Home Info Incident System Indicator Ev
362. tus bar 1 34 1 35 status bar symbols 1 35 status table 1 26 subnet mask default 2 1 3 2 swapping ports 3 30 switch audit logs 3 6 connectors and indicators 1 19 description 1 2 error detection reporting and serviceability features 1 3 event codes B 1 event log 3 6 fabric logs 3 3 fans 1 18 FRUs 1 17 FRUs front accessible 5 1 FRUs rear accessible 5 2 hardware log 3 7 illustrated parts breakdown 5 1 IML procedure 3 35 IPL procedure 3 35 LEDs 1 20 link incident log 3 9 3 10 maintenance port 1 21 management 1 3 MAPs 2 1 Index 6 multiswitch fabric 1 8 power off procedure 3 35 power supplies 1 19 setting offline 3 37 setting online 3 37 SFP transceivers 1 18 specifications 1 9 status table 1 26 tools supplied 1 44 zoning feature 1 7 switch menu 1 28 switch properties dialog box 1 28 symbols status bar table of 1 35 system events event codes tables B 2 T thermal events event codes tables B 60 tools and test equipment 1 43 tools supplied by service personnel 1 45 tools supplied with switch 1 44 topology tab 1 37 illustration 1 37 transmission distance 1 1 triangle yellow meaning of 1 35 U unblocking a port 3 40 V versions director firmware 1 13 Intel processor 1 12 Windows 2000 1 12 view area 1 37 view panel 1 28 views Hardware 1 24 3 20 Node List 3 16 Performance 3 17 3 23 Port List 3 12 Zone sets 3 17 edge switch 2 32 service manual Index W Z web serve
363. ual 2 19 Diagnostics 2 20 Refresh 3 8 02 at 14 35 Views Status Operational State Online Name Jar Jar Front View Configure CE a zt a Bo 19 17 pan 3 pi 3 3 T CA JE F HHLHLH Hl HHL HLHH LHL ELA Monitor Bop H lt 00 SUE B H H BB lt lt SO Sa a SE Operations Rear View Help ES SS 39 Does the Embedded Web Server interface appear operational with the View panel displayed NO YES 4 Go to step 44 40 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message displays The message indicates the web browser PC cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to PC Internet link could not be established e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch s CTP failed Because the CTP card is not a FRU CTP failure requires replacing the switch Continue 41 Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as e At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO 4 A power distribution problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 2 26 42 Either a switch to PC Internet link problem Internet too busy or IP address typed incorrectly or a CTP failure is indic
364. ugh the hub is optional This type of network configuration using one Ethernet connection through the HAFM server is shown in Figure 1 6 This single Ethernet connection is supported by HP is Open View Storage Node Manager OV SNM compatible and is the recommended configuration for a typical HP installation at a customer site LAN security is provided by restricting password access and disabling the SNMP agent embedded Web server interface and command line interface telnet access for each managed switch NOTE The Ethernet adapter in the HAFM server provides an auto detecting 10 100 Mbps connection Depending on speed restrictions imposed by other LAN attached devices the LAN segment that connects the HAFM server to manage directors and switches operates at either ten or 100 Mbps edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information HAFM Server Ntranet MDPS Remote Switch Switch E ma Figure 1 6 Typical Network Configuration One Ethernet Connection e Part of a second HAFM server interface that connects to a customer s private intranet and allows operation of the Product Manager application from remote user PCs or workstations Connection to this LAN segment is optional and depends on customer requirements A network configuration using both Ethernet connections 1s shown in Figure 1 7 Workstation mi Figure 1 7 Typical Network Configuration Two Ethernet Connections edge switch 2 32
365. uirements es dle ia A Bed ia 4 1 Front AccessiDle PRU Parts Lis cord riai o a eek ek ae 5 2 Rear Accessible FRU Parts LiSt o oooooooooooooooooooo o 5 3 Miscellaneous PAS da A IA eee 54 edge switch 2 32 service manual ix About This Manual This manual describes the service procedures for the HP StorageWorks Edge Switch 2 32 Intended Audience This publication is intended for service personnel and any individuals who monitor configure and repair the Edge Switch 2 32 Related Documentation For a list of corresponding documentation included with this product see the Related Documents section of the hp Storage Works edge switch release notes For the latest information documentation and firmware releases please visit the HP Storage Works website http n18006 www1 hp com storage saninfrastructure html For information about Fibre Channel standards visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association website located at http www fibrechannel ora edge switch 2 32 service manual xi About This Manual Document Conventions The conventions included in Table 1 apply Table 1 Document Conventions A AA AA Cross reference links Blue text Figure 1 Key names menu items buttons and Bold dialog box titles File names application names and text talics emphasis User input command names system Monospace font responses output and messages COMMAND NAMES are uppercase unless they are case sensitive
366. ulti switch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 12 The switch E_Port segmented because two fabric elements have duplicate domain IDs a Work with the system administrator to determine the desired domain ID 1 through 31 inclusive for both switches b Notify the customer that both switches will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switches and sets attached devices offline c Set both switches offline Set Offline State on page 3 38 2 84 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics d Atthe Hardware View for the switch select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu on the navigation control panel The Configure Operating Parameters dialog box displays e Type the customer determined preferred domain ID value then click Activate f Repeat steps d and e at the Hardware View for the switch attached to the segmented E Port second switch Use a different preferred domain ID value g Set both switches online Set Online State on page 3 37 Did the domain ID change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES 4 The switches associated ISL and multi switch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 13 The switch E_Port segmented because two switches have incompatible zoning configurations An identical zone name is recognized in the active zone set for both
367. unctional transceiver of the same type Event Data Byte 0 port number 00 through 63 Byte 1 engineering reason code Bytes 4 through 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Event E Mail Call Sense Link fer me ren E E es es y Event Code 513 Message SFP optical transceiver hot removal completed Severity Informational Explanation A SFP optical transceiver was removed while the switch was powered on and opera tional Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 port number 00 through 63 Bytes 4 through 7 elapsed millisecond tick count EWS Event E Mail Call Sense Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log A LO Event Code 514 Message SFP optical transceiver failure Severity Major Explanation A SFP optical transceiver failed The amber LED corresponding to the port illuminates to indicate the failure Other ports remain operational if their LEDs are extinguished Action Replace the failed transceiver with a functional transceiver of the same type Event Data Byte 0 port number 00 through 63 Byte 1 engineering reason code Bytes 4 through 7 elapsed millisecond tick count edge switch 2 32 service manual B 47 Event Codes Distribution HAFM Server Host EWS Event E Mail Call E Link Event Log Home Info Incident Log Event Code 581 Message Implicit incident Severity Major Explanation A condition caused by an event known to have occurred within the incident node
368. unit bandwidth 1 The amount of data that can be sent over a given circuit 2 A measure of how fast a network can move information usually measured in Hertz Hz baud The unit of signaling speed expressed as the maximum number of times per second the signal can change the state of the transmission line or other medium The units of baud are seconds to the negative 1 power Note With Fibre Channel scheme a signal event represents a single transmission bit BB_Credit See buffer to buffer credit beaconing Use of light emitting diodes LEDs on ports port cards field replaceable units FRUs and switches to aid in the fault isolation process When enabled active beaconing will cause LEDs to flash in order for the user to locate field replaceable units FRU s switches or directors in cabinets or computer rooms ber See bit error rate edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 5 Glossary bezel A removable panel that covers empty drive bays and port cards bidirectional In Fibre Channel protocol the capability to simultaneously communicate at maximum speeds in both directions over a link bit Abbreviated as b 1 Binary digit the smallest unit of data in computing with a value of zero or one D 2 A bit is the basic data unit of all digital computers It is usually part of a data byte or data word however a single bit can be used to control or read logic ON OFF functions 3 A bit is a single digit in a
369. upply can be replaced while the switch is operational Each power supply has a separate CTP connection to allow for independent AC power sources The power supplies are input rated at 100 to 230 volts alternating current VAC Connectors and Indicators Connectors and indicators include the e Initial machine load IML button e Ethernet LAN connector e Green power PWR and amber system error ERR LEDs e Green and amber status LEDs associated with FRUs e RS 232 maintenance port Initial Machine Load Button When the IML button Figure 1 8 is pressed and held for three seconds the switch performs an IML that takes approximately 30 seconds and resets the e Microprocessor and functional logic for the CTP and loads firmware from FLASH memory e Ethernet LAN interface causing the connection to the HAFM server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers e Ports causing all Fibre Channel connections to drop momentarily until the connections automatically recover An IML should only be performed if a CTP failure is indicated Do not IML the switch unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support As a precaution the IML button is flush mounted to protect against accidental activation edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 19 General Information Ethernet LAN Connector The front panel provides a 10 100 megabit per second Mbps RJ 45 twisted pair connector Figure 1 8 that att
370. ur sales Binding features representative No file was Action requires the selection ofa Select a file selected file No firmware There are no firmware versions in Informational versions to the firmware library to delete message only no delete therefore the operation cannot be action is required performed No firmware A file was not selected in the Click a firmware version was Firmware Library dialog box version in the dialog selected before an action such as modify box to select it then or send was performed perform the action again Non redundant Since the switch has only a single Take switch offline Switch must be CTP card it must be offline to and try again offline to initiate a firmware installation install firmware A 32 edge switch 2 32 service manual Messages Message Description Action Not all of the optical transceivers are installed for this range of ports Performing this action will overwrite the date time on the director Performing this operation will change the current state to Offline Performing this operation will change the current state to Online Periodic Date Time synchronization must be cleared edge switch 2 32 service manual Some ports in the specified range do not have optical transceivers installed Warning that occurs when configuring the date and time through the Configure Date and Time dialog box that the new time or date will ov
371. uring operating parameters simple network management protocol SNMP agent zoning configurations and port configurations through the Product Manager application results in a collection of configuration data Configuration data includes identification data port configuration data operating parameters simple network management protocol SNMP configuration and zoning configuration A configuration backup file is required to restore configuration data if the control processor CTP card in a nonredundant Director 2 64 is removed and replaced connectionless Nondedicated link Typically used to describe a link between nodes which allows the switch to forward Class 2 or Class 3 frames as resources ports allow Contrast this with the dedicated bandwidth that is required in a Class Fibre Channel Service FC 1 point to point link connectivity The ability of devices to link together Glossary 10 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary connectivity attribute In S 390 mode the characteristic that determines port address status for the director or switch See allowed connection blocked connection connectivity capability connectivity control dynamic connection dynamic connectivity unblocked connection connectivity capability 1 The capability that allows attachment of a device to a system without requiring physical reconfiguration of either the device or the interconnections 2 The director or switch capability that allows lo
372. ursor over the options under menu bar menus Refer to Table 1 2 for the meaning of these status symbols and of the corresponding alert text that displays in the Edge 32 Status table at the top of the Hardware View in the View panel edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information If a gray square displays in the status bar no Ethernet connection a reason for the status displays in the Status table at the top of the Hardware View Table 1 2 Operating Status Status Bar and Switch Status Table Status Switch Status Symbol Bar Table Text Green Fully Operational All components and installed Circle ports are operational no failures edge switch 2 32 service manual 1 35 General Information 1 36 Table 1 2 Operating Status Status Bar and Switch Status Table Continued Status Switch Status Symbol Bar Table Text Yellow Redundant Failure Triangle Minor Failure Blinking NOT Red and OPERATIONAL Yellow Diamond Never Connected Link Timeout Protocol Mismatch Duplicate Session Unknown Network Address Incorrect Product Type A redundant component has failed such as a power supply and the backup component has taken over operation A failure occurred which has decreased the switch operational ability Normal switching operations are not affected One or more ports failed but at least one port is still operational A fan has failed or is not rotating sufficiently A
373. user attempt to activate a zone set that is larger than the maximum defined zone set size Action The switch found request data from the management tool to be larger or smaller than expected The connection to the management tool will be temporarily lost After the link is re established verify that all information changed in the managing tool is within the specified ranges For example verify that the zones and zone members in a zone set fall within the limits stated in the user manual Try sending the request again Event Data None edge switch 2 32 service manual B 31 Event Codes Event E Mail Call Sense Link Log Home Info Incident AAA EEE Port Events 500 through 599 In the Edge Switch 2 32 ports are not included on separate assemblies UPM cards therefore are not FRUs Ports are an integral part of the switch s main circuit board UPM card events apply to a single port as indicated by byte 13 of event data Event Code 502 Port module anomaly has been detected Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated four port hardware module Action No action required There will be an additional event code generated 504 if this occur rence exceeds an error threshold which results in a subsequent port module failure Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Anomaly reason code See following
374. valid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 frame User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 0x1C User port detected unexpected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 transmission User port internal frame error invalid HA Error Callouts Words 2 and 4 trailer edge switch 2 32 service manual B 55 Event Codes Ox1E Ox1F 0x20 0x21 0x22 0x23 0x24 0x25 0x26 0x27 0x28 0x29 Ox2A 0x2B 0x2C 0x2D Ox2E Ox2F 0x30 0x31 B 56 User port detected frame internal integrity error Internal connection time out User port detected elastic store error User port detected trailer parity error User port detected internal frame error long frame Port detected SBAR response error User port detected clock error Port module internal address bus error User module internal data bus error User Port detected invalid address Embedded port detected frame integrity error Embedded port detected frame error non parity Embedded port detected frame error parity Embedded port detected invalid SBAR response Embedded port detected receive frame parity error Embedded port detected connection time out Embedded port detected receive fame overrun error Embedded port detected frame transmit error Embedded port
375. vel protocol ULP Protocols that map to and run on top of the Fibre Channel FC 4 layer ULPs include Internet protocol IP and small computer system interface SCSI UPS See uninterruptable power supply user datagram protocol UDP A connectionless protocol that runs on top of Internet protocol IP networks User datagram protocol Internet protocol UDP IP offers very few error recovery services instead providing a direct way to send and receive datagrams over an IP network UDP IP is primarily used for broadcasting messages over an entire network Contrast with transmission control protocol Internet protocol V VAC See volts alternating current VDC See volts direct current virtual machine VM 1 A virtual data processing system that displays to be at the exclusive disposal of a single user but whose functions are accomplished by sharing the resources of a real data processing system 2 A functional simulation of a computer system and its associated devices multiples of which can be controlled concurrently by one operating system D T edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary 51 Glossary virtual storage VS 1 Storage space that may be regarded as addressable main storage by the user of a computer system in which virtual addresses are mapped to real addresses The size of virtual storage is limited by the addressing scheme of the computer system and by the amount of auxiliary storage available not by the number
376. ver interface Refer to the hp StorageWorks edge switch 2 32 installation guide for installation and configuration tasks Refer to Chapter 2 for fault isolation tasks SNMP Trap Message Support 1 42 Unsolicited SNMP trap messages that indicate switch operational state changes or failure conditions can be customer configured to be transmitted to up to 12 management workstations If installed on a dedicated Ethernet LAN the workstations communicate directly with each switch If installed on a customer intranet the workstations communicate with switches through the HAFM server edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information SNMP data and trap messages are defined in the Fibre Channel FE MIB definition a subset of the TCP IP MIB II definition RFC1213 and a custom switch specific MIB Customers can install these MIBs in standard ASN 1 format on any SNMP management workstation Although SNMP trap messages are typically transmitted to customer personnel only the messages may be provided to service personnel as initial notification of a switch problem or as information included in the fault isolation process Generic SNMP traps include e coldStart reports that the SNMP agent is reinitializing due to a switch reset e warmStart reports that the SNMP agent is reinitializing due to a switch IPL e authorizationFailure reports access by an unauthorized SNMP manager This trap is configurable and is disabled by default
377. vity attribute See also dynamic connectivity unblocked connection allowed port connection In S 390 mode this attribute establishes dynamic connectivity capability alternating current AC Electric current that reverses direction at regular sinusoidal intervals D Contrast with direct current American National Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII A standard character set consisting of 7 bit coded characters 8 bit including parity check used for information exchange between systems and equipment D American National Standards Institute ANSI A national organization consisting of producers consumers and general interest groups that establishes procedures by which accredited organizations create and maintain industry standards in the United States A ANSI See American National Standards Institute API See application program interface application 1 The use to which a data processing system is put for example a payroll application an airline reservation application or a network application 2 A collection of software components used to perform specific types of work on a computer D application client The source object of the small computer system interface SCSI commands and destination for the command responses application program 1 A program that is specific to the solution of an application problem Synonymous with application software 2 A program written for or by a user that applies
378. w c The following table lists LED and port operational state combinations and associated MAP 0600 or other steps that describe fault isolation procedures Operational Green Amber State LED LED Port Failure Failure Off On Go to step 11 Not Go to step 14 Operational No Light Off Off Go to Gotostep 14 14 Testing C CTA loopback test in process Testing Blinking External loopback test in process Offor On Blinking Go to step 15 2 66 edge switch 2 32 service manual Diagnostics Operational Green Amber State LED LED Inactive Off Off See Reason Field of Port Properties dialog box Not Installed Off The port optics are not installed or the feature that provides additional port function is not enabled MY e to step 16 MY Link Reset E to step 24 Link Incident Go to step 25 Segmented Off Go to MAP 0700 10 A link incident may have occurred but the LIN alerts option is not enabled for the port and the attention indicator does not display At the Hardware View select Link Incident Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel The Link Incident Log displays If a link incident occurred the affected port number is listed with one of the following messages Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received Link failure primitive sequenc
379. w contains the following columns e Port the port number 0 through 31 Only ports attached to a device are displayed edge switch 2 32 service manual Repair Information e Addr the switch logical port address 05 through 23 inclusive in hexadecimal format S 390 operating mode only e Node Type the type of attached device This information is supplied by the device if supported Node types include Unknown or other Hub switch gateway or converter Host or host bus adapter HBA Proxy agent Storage device or storage subsystem Module Software driver e Port WWN the eight byte 16 digit worldwide name WWN assigned to the port or Fibre Channel interface installed on the attached device If a nickname is not assigned to the WWN the WWN is prefixed by the device manufacturer s name If a nickname is assigned to the WWN the nickname displays in place of the WWN e BB_Credit the buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit value assigned to a port attached to a device The value normally 1 through 16 inclusive determines the frame buffers available for the port Ports configured for extended distance operation are assigned a BB_Credit value of 60 Performance View The Performance View displays statistical information about the performance of the ports The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems For information about the Perfo
380. witch Hello Timeout 10 As indicated by an event code 072 the switch E_Port is connected to an unsupported switch Advise the customer of the problem and disconnect the interswitch link to the unsupported switch 11 The switch E_Port segmented because the error detect time out value E_D_TOV or resource allocation time out value R_A_ TOV is incompatible with the attached fabric element a Contact HP customer support or engineering personnel to determine the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A TOV values for the switches b Notify the customer that both switches will be set offline Ensure the system administrator stops Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switches and sets attached devices offline c Set both switches offline Set Offline State on page 3 38 edge switch 2 32 service manual 2 83 Diagnostics d Atthe Hardware View for the switch select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu on the navigation control panel The Configure Operating Parameters dialog box displays e Type the recommended _D_TOV and R A TOV values then click Activate f Repeat steps d and e at the Hardware View for the switch attached to the segmented switch Use the same E_D_TOVand R_A_TOV values g Set both switches online Set Online State on page 3 37 Did the operating parameter change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES y The switches associated ISL and m
381. workstation client using the web install procedure Informational message only no action is required Define zones using the New Zone dialog box Informational message only no action is required edge switch 2 32 service manual A 18 Messages Message Description aon You cannot specify an item for zoning by port number if HAFM is in Open Fabric Mode Zoning by port number is not supported in Open Fabric Mode Zoning name already exists Duplicate zone names are not allowed in the zoning library Define zones by WWN of device Modify to make it unique or delete the duplicate zone name Edge 32 Switch Product Manager Messages This section lists switch Product Manager information and error messages in alphabetical order All port names must be unique Another product manager is currently performing a firmware install Are you sure you want to delete firmware version Are you sure you want to send firmware version edge switch 2 32 service manual Description A duplicate Fibre Channel port name was configured All port names must be unique Only one instance of the Product Manager application can install a firmware version to the switch or director at a time This message requests confirmation to delete a firmware version from the HAFM server s firmware library This message requests confirmation to send a firmware version from the HAFM se
382. y e Power Supply A green LED at the upper left corner of each power supply Figure 1 9 illuminates if the power supply is operational and receiving AC power 1 20 edge switch 2 32 service manual General Information Maintenance Port The rear panel provides a 9 pin RS 232 maintenance port Figure 1 9 that provides a connection for a local terminal or dial in connection for a remote terminal Although the port 1s typically used by authorized maintenance personnel operations personnel can use the port to configure switch network addresses Software Diagnostic Features The switch provides the following diagnostic software features that aid in fault isolation and repair of problems e FRUs provide on board diagnostic and monitoring circuits that continuously report FRU status to the HAFM and Product Manager applications These applications provide system alerts and logs that display failure and diagnostic information at the HAFM server or a remote workstation communicating with the HAFM server e The HAFM Services application that runs as a Windows 2000 service and provides an additional user interface to display operational status e The Embedded Web Server interface that provides Internet access to isolate problems for a single switch e Unsolicited SNMP trap messages that indicate operational state changes or failures can be transmitted to up to 12 authorized management workstations e E mail messages or call home reports
383. y active or operational on an attached director or switch See also connectivity capability active zone set A single zone set that is active in a multiswitch fabric and is created when a specific zone set 1s enabled This zone set is compiled by checking for undefined zones or aliases See also zone zone set address 1 To refer to a device or an item of data by its address A 1 2 The location in a computer where data is stored 3 In data communication the unique code assigned to each device or workstation connected to a network 4 The identifier of a location source or destination D address name Synonym for port name agent Software that processes queries on behalf of an application and returns replies alarm 1 A notification of an abnormal condition within a system that provides an indication of the location or nature of the abnormality to either a local or remote alarm indicator 2 A simple network management protocol SNMP message notifying an operator of a network or device problem alert panel This panel located below the navigation control panel displays an alert symbol that indicates the current state of the switch alias A nickname representing a world wide name Glossary 2 edge switch 2 32 service manual Glossary allowed connection In S 390 mode in a director or switch the attribute that when set establishes dynamic connectivity capability Contrast with blocked connection See connecti

hp StorageWorks edge switch 2/32 service manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents